C TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
SECTION AT B

AT

E
CONTENTS
INDEX FOR DTC ........................................................ 5 How To Perform Trouble Diagnosis For Quick and F
Alphabetical Index .................................................... 5 Accurate Repair ...................................................... 43
DTC No. Index ......................................................... 6 A/T Electrical Parts Location .................................. 48
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 7 Circuit Diagram ....................................................... 49 G
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis .................... 50
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Check Before Engine is Started .............................. 54
SIONER” .................................................................. 7 Check at Idle ........................................................... 54
H
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Cruise Test - Part 1 ................................................. 55
of A/T and Engine .................................................... 7 Cruise Test - Part 2 ................................................. 57
Precautions .............................................................. 8 Cruise Test - Part 3 ................................................. 58
Service Notice or Precautions .................................. 9 Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears ...................... 59 I
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .................. 9 Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing
PREPARATION ......................................................... 10 Complete Lock-up .................................................. 59
Special Service Tools ............................................. 10 Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing J
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 12 Slip Lock-up ............................................................ 59
A/T FLUID ................................................................. 13 Symptom Chart ....................................................... 60
Changing A/T Fluid ................................................ 13 TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values ........... 82
K
Checking A/T Fluid ................................................. 13 CONSULT-II Function (A/T) .................................... 83
A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning ...................................... 13 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 95
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM .......................................... 16 Description .............................................................. 95
Cross-Sectional View (2WD models) ..................... 16 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 95 L
Cross-Sectional View (4WD models) ..................... 17 Possible Cause ....................................................... 95
Shift Mechanism ..................................................... 18 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 95
TCM Function ......................................................... 29 Wiring Diagram — AT — CAN ................................ 96 M
CAN Communication .............................................. 30 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 98
Input/Output Signal of TCM .................................... 30 DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT ..................... 99
Line Pressure Control ............................................ 31 Description .............................................................. 99
Shift Control ........................................................... 32 CONSULT-II Reference Value ................................ 99
Lock-up Control ...................................................... 33 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 99
Engine Brake Control ............................................. 35 Possible Cause ....................................................... 99
Control Valve .......................................................... 35 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 99
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ............ 37 Wiring Diagram — AT — STSIG .......................... 100
Introduction ............................................................ 37 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 101
OBD-II Function for A/T System ............................. 37 DTC P0700 TCM ..................................................... 103
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II ............ 37 Description ............................................................ 103
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ................. 37 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 103
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................... 40 Possible Cause ..................................................... 103
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 41 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 103
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 41 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 103
Fail-Safe ................................................................. 41 DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH. 104

Revision: October 2005 AT-1 2005 QX56

 Description ............................................................ 104 DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR ........ 123
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 104 Description ............................................................ 123
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 104 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 123
Possible Cause ..................................................... 104 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 123
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 104 Possible Cause ..................................................... 123
Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW ....................... 105 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 123
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 106 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 123
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REV- DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
OLUTION SENSOR) ............................................... 108 CIRCUIT .................................................................. 126
Description ............................................................ 108 Description ............................................................ 126
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 108 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 126
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 108 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 126
Possible Cause ..................................................... 108 Possible Cause ..................................................... 126
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 108 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 126
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T ......................... 110 Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS ............................... 127
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................111 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 128
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL ................... 113 Component Inspection .......................................... 129
Description ............................................................ 113 DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR .... 131
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 113 Description ............................................................ 131
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 113 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 131
Possible Cause ..................................................... 113 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 131
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 113 Possible Cause ..................................................... 131
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 113 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 131
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 132
SOLENOID VALVE ................................................. 115 DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR ....... 133
Description ............................................................ 115 Description ............................................................ 133
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 115 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 133
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 115 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 133
Possible Cause ..................................................... 115 Possible Cause ..................................................... 133
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 115 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 133
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 116 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 134
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP). 117 DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK ................................. 135
Description ............................................................ 117 Description ............................................................ 135
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 117 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 135
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 117 Possible Cause ..................................................... 135
Possible Cause ..................................................... 117 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 135
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 117 Judgement of A/T Interlock ................................... 136
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 118 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 136
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE. 119 DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING ............... 138
Description ............................................................ 119 Description ............................................................ 138
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 119 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 138
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 119 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 138
Possible Cause ..................................................... 119 Possible Cause ..................................................... 138
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 119 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 138
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 120 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 139
DTC P1702 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE . 140
(RAM) ...................................................................... 121 Description ............................................................ 140
Description ............................................................ 121 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 140
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 121 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 140
Possible Cause ..................................................... 121 Possible Cause ..................................................... 140
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 121 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 140
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 121 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 141
DTC P1703 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
(ROM) ...................................................................... 122 FUNCTION .............................................................. 142
Description ............................................................ 122 Description ............................................................ 142
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 122 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 142
Possible Cause ..................................................... 122 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 142
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 122 Possible Cause ..................................................... 142
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 122

Revision: October 2005 AT-2 2005 QX56

 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 142 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 158
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 143 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 158 A
DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE . 144 Possible Cause ..................................................... 158
Description ........................................................... 144 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 158
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 144 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 159 B
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 144 DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1 ............... 160
Possible Cause .................................................... 144 Description ............................................................ 160
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 144 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 160
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 145 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 160 AT
DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE Possible Cause ..................................................... 160
FUNCTION .............................................................. 146 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 160
Description ........................................................... 146 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 161 D
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 146 DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3 ............... 162
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 146 Description ............................................................ 162
Possible Cause .................................................... 146 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 162 E
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 146 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 162
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 147 Possible Cause ..................................................... 162
DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE. 148 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 162
Description ........................................................... 148 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 163 F
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 148 DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5 ............... 164
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 148 Description ............................................................ 164
Possible Cause .................................................... 148 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 164 G
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 148 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 164
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 149 Possible Cause ..................................................... 164
DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 164 H
FUNCTION .............................................................. 150 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 165
Description ........................................................... 150 DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6 ............... 166
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 150 Description ............................................................ 166
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 150 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 166
Possible Cause .................................................... 150 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 166
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 150 Possible Cause ..................................................... 166
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 151 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 166 J
DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 167
SOLENOID VALVE ................................................. 152 MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT. 168
Description ........................................................... 152 Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN ............................ 168 K
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 152 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 169
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 152 CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN
Possible Cause .................................................... 152 THROTTLE POSITION CIRCUIT ............................ 172
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 152 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 172
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 153 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 172
DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ...................................... 173
SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION ............................. 154 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 173 M
Description ........................................................... 154 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 173
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 154 TOW MODE SWITCH ............................................. 174
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 154 Description ............................................................ 174
Possible Cause .................................................... 154 Wiring Diagram — AT — TMSW .......................... 175
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 154 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 176
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 155 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS ............ 177
DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC ...................... 177
VALVE ..................................................................... 156 A/T CHECK Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On . 180
Description ........................................................... 156 Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” or “N” Position . 180
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 156 In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed ...... 181
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 156 In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves .............................. 182
Possible Cause .................................................... 156 Large Shock (“N” to “D” Position) ......................... 183
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 156 Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position. 187
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 157 Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D” Position . 190
DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ..................... 192
VALVE FUNCTION ................................................. 158 A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D 2 ................................ 195
Description ........................................................... 158 A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D 3 ................................ 197

Revision: October 2005 AT-3 2005 QX56

 A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D 4 ................................ 199 Components .......................................................... 250
A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D 5 ................................ 202 Oil Channel ........................................................... 258
A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up ............................ 204 Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition .................. 206 Thrust Washers and Snap Rings .......................... 260
Lock-up Is Not Released ...................................... 208 DISASSEMBLY ....................................................... 262
Engine Speed Does Not Return to Idle ................ 209 Disassembly .......................................................... 262
A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear → 4th gear .............. 210 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS ...................... 280
A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear → 3rd gear .............. 213 Oil Pump ............................................................... 280
A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear → 2nd gear ............. 214 Front Sun Gear, 3rd One-Way Clutch ................... 282
A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear → 1st gear ............. 216 Front Carrier, Input Clutch, Rear Internal Gear ..... 284
Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake .... 219 Mid Sun Gear, Rear Sun Gear, High and Low
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ..................................... 222 Reverse Clutch Hub .............................................. 289
Description ............................................................ 222 High and Low Reverse Clutch .............................. 294
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location ......... 222 Direct Clutch ......................................................... 296
Wiring Diagram — A/T — SHIFT .......................... 223 ASSEMBLY ............................................................. 298
Shift Lock Control Unit Reference Values ............. 224 Assembly (1) ......................................................... 298
Component Inspection .......................................... 225 Adjustment ............................................................ 311
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM .................................... 227 Assembly (2) ......................................................... 314
Control Device Removal and Installation .............. 227 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 321
Adjustment of A/T Position ................................... 228 General Specifications .......................................... 321
Checking of A/T Position ...................................... 228 Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears ..................... 321
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE .......................................... 229 Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing
Oil Pan .................................................................. 229 Complete Lock-up ................................................. 322
Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing
Sensor 2 ............................................................... 231 Slip Lock-up .......................................................... 322
Rear Oil Seal ........................................................ 241 Stall Speed ............................................................ 322
AIR BREATHER HOSE ........................................... 242 Line Pressure ........................................................ 322
Removal and Installation ...................................... 242 A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor .............................. 322
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY ................................ 244 Turbine Revolution Sensor .................................... 322
Removal and Installation (4x2) ............................. 244 Vehicle Speed Sensor A/T (Revolution Sensor) ... 322
Removal and Installation (4x4) ............................. 247 Reverse brake ....................................................... 323
OVERHAUL ............................................................. 250 Total End Play ....................................................... 323

Revision: October 2005 AT-4 2005 QX56

 INDEX FOR DTC

INDEX FOR DTC PFP:00024

A
Alphabetical Index ECS00CDH

NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to B
AT-95, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
DTC
Items AT
OBD- II Except OBD- II Reference page
(CONSULT- II screen terms)
CONSULT- II GST (*1) CONSULT- II only “A/T”
A/T 1ST E/BRAKING — P1731 AT-138
D
ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC — P1841 AT-160
ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC — P1843 AT-162
ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC — P1845 AT-164 E
ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC — P1846 AT-166
A/T INTERLOCK P1730 P1730 AT-135
F
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 P0744 AT-117
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 P1710 AT-126
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 U1000 AT-95 G
D/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1762 P1762 AT-148
D/C SOLENOID FNCTN P1764 (*2 ) P1764 AT-150
ENGINE SPEED SIG — P0725 AT-113
H
FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1757 P1757 AT-144
FR/B SOLENOID FNCT P1759 P1759 AT-146
I
HLR/C SOL/CIRC P1767 P1767 AT-152
HLR/C SOL FNCTN P1769 (*2 ) P1769 AT-154
I/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1752 P1752 AT-140 J
I/C SOLENOID FNCTN P1754 (*2 ) P1754 AT-142
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 P0745 AT-119
K
LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1772 P1772 AT-156
LC/B SOLENOID FNCT P1774 P1774 AT-158
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 P0705 AT-104 L
STARTER RELAY/CIRC — P0615 AT-99
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 P0740 AT-115
M
TCM P0700 P0700 AT-103
TCM·RAM — P1702 AT-121
TCM·ROM — P1703 AT-122
TP SEN/CIRC A/T — P1705 AT-123
TURBINE REV S/CIRC P1716 P1716 AT-131
VEH SPD SE/CIR·MTR — P1721 AT-133
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720 P0720 AT-108
*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*2: These malfunctions cannot be displayed MIL if another malfunction is assigned to MIL.

Revision: October 2005 AT-5 2005 QX56

 INDEX FOR DTC

DTC No. Index ECS00CDI

NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
AT-95, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
DTC
OBD- II Except OBD- II Items
Reference page
(CONSULT- II screen terms)
CONSULT- II CONSULT- II
GST (*1) only “A/T”
— P0615 STARTER RELAY/CIRC AT-99
P0700 P0700 TCM AT-103
P0705 P0705 PNP SW/CIRC AT-104
P0710 P1710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC AT-126
P0720 P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT AT-108
— P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG AT-113
P0740 P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC AT-115
P0744 P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN AT-117
P0745 P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC AT-119
— P1702 TCM·RAM AT-121
— P1703 TCM·ROM AT-122
— P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T AT-123
P1716 P1716 TURBINE REV S/CIRC AT-131
— P1721 VEH SPD SE/CIR·MTR AT-133
P1730 P1730 A/T INTERLOCK AT-135
— P1731 A/T 1ST E/BRAKING AT-138
P1752 P1752 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-140
P1754 (*2 ) P1754 I/C SOLENOID FNCTN AT-142
P1757 P1757 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-144
P1759 (*2 ) P1759 FR/B SOLENOID FNCT AT-146
P1762 P1762 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-148
P1764 (*2 ) P1764 D/C SOLENOID FNCTN AT-150
P1767 P1767 HLR/C SOL/CIRC AT-152
P1769 P1769 HLR/C SOL FNCTN AT-154
P1772 P1772 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-156
P1774 P1774 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT AT-158
— P1841 ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC AT-160
— P1843 ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC AT-162
— P1845 ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC AT-164
— P1846 ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC AT-166
U1000 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT AT-95
*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*2: These malfunctions cannot be displayed MIL if another malfunction is assigned to MIL.

Revision: October 2005 AT-6 2005 QX56

 PRECAUTIONS

PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001
A
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER” ECS00CDJ

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along B
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front AT
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING: D
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. E
● Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section. F
● Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
G
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of A/T and Engine ECS00CDK

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration. H
CAUTION:
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect the negative battery cable before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, I
etc. Will cause the MIL to light up.
● Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to an open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, J
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
● Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. Interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. May cause the MIL to light up due to a short circuit. K
● Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to a malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system, etc.
● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the TCM and L
ECM before returning the vehicle to the customer.

Revision: October 2005 AT-7 2005 QX56

 PRECAUTIONS

Precautions ECS00CDL

● Before connecting or disconnecting the A/T assembly har-

ness connector, turn ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect
negative battery cable. Because battery voltage is applied
to TCM even if ignition switch is turned “OFF”.

SEF289H

● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform

“DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) CONFIRMATION PROCE-
DURE”.
If the repair is completed the DTC should not be displayed
in the “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”.

SEF217U

● Always use the specified brand of ATF. Refer to MA-11, "RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS" .
● Use paper rags not cloth rags during work.
● After replacing the ATF, dispose of the waste oil using the methods prescribed by law, ordinance, etc.
● Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the transmission. It is important to
prevent the internal parts from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
● Disassembly should be done in a clean work area.
● Use lint-free cloth or towels for wiping parts clean. Common shop rags can leave fibers that could interfere
with the operation of the transmission.
● Place disassembled parts in order for easier and proper assembly.
● All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose, non-flammable solvent before inspection or
reassembly.
● Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the transmission is disassembled.
● It is very important to perform functional tests whenever they are indicated.
● The valve body contains precision parts and requires extreme care when parts are removed and serviced.
Place disassembled valve body parts in order for easier and proper assembly. Care will also prevent
springs and small parts from becoming scattered or lost.
● Properly installed valves, sleeves, plugs, etc. will slide along bores in valve body under their own weight.
● Before assembly, apply a coat of recommended ATF to all parts. Apply petroleum jelly to protect O-rings
and seals, or hold bearings and washers in place during assembly. Do not use grease.
● Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage to O-rings, seals and gaskets when assembling.
● Clean or replace ATF cooler if excessive foreign material is found in oil pan or clogging strainer. Refer to
AT-13, "A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning" .
● After overhaul, refill the transmission with new ATF.
● When the A/T drain plug is removed, only some of the fluid is drained. Old A/T fluid will remain in torque
converter and ATF cooling system.
Always follow the procedures under “Changing A/T Fluid” in the AT section when changing A/T fluid. Refer
to AT-13, "Changing A/T Fluid" , AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .

Revision: October 2005 AT-8 2005 QX56

 PRECAUTIONS

Service Notice or Precautions ECS00CDM

ATF COOLER SERVICE A

If A/T fluid contains frictional material (clutches, bands, etc.), or if an A/T is repaired, overhauled, or replaced,
inspect and clean the A/T fluid cooler mounted in the radiator or replace the radiator. Flush cooler lines using
cleaning solvent and compressed air after repair. For A/T fluid cooler cleaning procedure, refer to AT-13, "A/T B
Fluid Cooler Cleaning" . For radiator replacement, refer to CO-12, "Removal and Installation" .
CHECKING AND CHANGING A/T FLUID SERVICE
Increase ATF temperature by 80°C (176°F) once, and then check ATF level in 65°C (149°F) when adjusting AT
ATF level.
NOTE:
JA60 uses both systems of a water-cooling and of an air-cooling. Air-cooling system has a by-pass valve. D
When ATF temperature is not over 50°C (122°F) with water-cooling system OFF, it does not flow to air-cooling
system. If ATF level is set without the flow of ATF, the level will be 10mm lower than the standard. Therefore,
piping should be filled with ATF when adjusting level. E
OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSIS
● A/T self-diagnosis is performed by the TCM in combination with the ECM. Refer to the table on AT-85,
"SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" for the indicator used to display each self-diagnostic result. F
● The self-diagnostic results indicated by the MIL are automatically stored in both the ECM and TCM mem-
ories.
Always perform the procedure on AT-38, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" to complete the repair and avoid G
unnecessary blinking of the MIL.
For details of OBD-II, refer to EC-48, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM" .
● Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use the new style slide- H
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-67, "HAR-
NESS CONNECTOR" .
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ECS00CDN I
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
● GI-15, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams".
J
● PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" for power distribution circuit.
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
● GI-11, "How to Follow Trouble Diagnoses". K
● GI-27, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".

Revision: October 2005 AT-9 2005 QX56

 PREPARATION

PREPARATION PFP:00002

Special Service Tools ECS00CDO

The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number Description
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
ST2505S001 Measuring line pressure
(J-34301-C)
Oil pressure gauge set
1 ST25051001
( — )
Oil pressure gauge
2 ST25052000
( — )
Hose
3 ST25053000
( — )
Joint pipe
4 ST25054000 ZZA0600D

( — )
Adapter
5 ST25055000
( — )
Adapter
KV31103600 Measuring line pressure
(J-45674)
Joint pipe adapter
(With ST25054000)

ZZA1227D

ST33400001 ● Installing rear oil seal (2WD models)

(J-26082) ● Installing oil pump housing oil seal
Drift
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia.

NT086

KV31102400 Installing reverse brake return spring retainer

(J-34285 and J-34285-87) a: 320 mm (12.60 in)
Clutch spring compressor b: 174 mm (6.85 in)

NT423

ST25850000 Remove oil pump assembly

(J-25721-A) a: 179 mm (7.05 in)
Sliding hammer b: 70 mm (2.76 in)
c: 40 mm (1.57 in)
d: M12X1.75P

NT422

Revision: October 2005 AT-10 2005 QX56

 PREPARATION

Tool number Description

(Kent-Moore No.) A
Tool name
— Assist in removal of transmission and transfer
(J-47002) case as one assembly using only one trans- B
Transmission jack adapter kit mission jack.
1. —
(J-47002-2)
Center bracket AT
2. —
(J-47002-3)
Adapter plate
3. — WCIA0499E D
(J-47002-4)
Adapter block
— Removing and installing crankshaft pulley E
(J-47245)
Ring gear stopper

LBIA0451E
G

Revision: October 2005 AT-11 2005 QX56

 PREPARATION

Commercial Service Tools ECS00CDP

Tool name Description

Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts

PBIC0190E

Drift Installing manual shaft seals

a: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia.

NT083

Drift Installing rear oil seal (4WD models)

a: 64 mm (2.52 in) dia.

SCIA5338E

Revision: October 2005 AT-12 2005 QX56

 A/T FLUID

A/T FLUID PFP:KLE40

A
Changing A/T Fluid ECS00CDQ

Refer to MA-24, "Changing A/T Fluid" .

B
Checking A/T Fluid ECS00CDR

Refer to MA-22, "Checking A/T Fluid" .

A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning ECS00CDS
AT

Whenever an automatic transmission is repaired, overhauled, or replaced, the A/T fluid cooler mounted in the
radiator must be inspected and cleaned.
Metal debris and friction material, if present, can become trapped in the A/T fluid cooler. This debris can con- D
taminate the newly serviced A/T or, in severe cases, can block or restrict the flow of A/T fluid. In either case,
malfunction of the newly serviced A/T may result.
Debris, if present, may build up as A/T fluid enters the cooler inlet. It will be necessary to back flush the cooler E
through the cooler outlet in order to flush out any built up debris.
A/T FLUID COOLER CLEANING PROCEDURE
1. Position an oil pan under the automatic transmission's inlet and outlet cooler hoses. F
2. Identify the inlet and outlet fluid cooler hoses.
3. Disconnect the fluid cooler inlet and outlet rubber hoses from the
steel cooler tubes or bypass valve. G
NOTE:
Replace the cooler hoses if rubber material from the hose
remains on the tube fitting. H
4. Allow any A/T fluid that remains in the cooler hoses to drain into
the oil pan.
I

SCIA3830E
J
5. Insert the extension adapter hose of a can of Transmission
Cooler Cleaner (Nissan P/N 999MP-AM006) into the cooler out-
let hose. K
CAUTION:
● Wear safety glasses and rubber gloves when spraying
the Transmission Cooler Cleaner. L
● Spray cooler cleaner only with adequate ventilation.

● Avoid contact with eyes and skin.

● Do not breath vapors or spray mist.

M
6. Hold the hose and can as high as possible and spray Transmis- SCIA3831E

sion Cooler Cleaner in a continuous stream into the cooler outlet

hose until fluid flows out of the cooler inlet hose for 5 seconds.
7. Insert the tip of an air gun into the end of the cooler outlet hose.
8. Wrap a shop rag around the air gun tip and of the cooler outlet
hose.

SCIA3832E

Revision: October 2005 AT-13 2005 QX56

 A/T FLUID

9. Blow compressed air regulated to 5 - 9 kg/cm2 (70 - 130 psi) through the cooler outlet hose for 10 sec-
onds to force out any remaining fluid.
10. Repeat steps 5 through 9 three additional times.
11. Position an oil pan under the banjo bolts that connect the fluid cooler steel lines to the transmission.
12. Remove the banjo bolts.
13. Flush each steel line from the cooler side back toward the transmission by spraying Transmission Cooler
Cleaner in a continuous stream for 5 seconds.
14. Blow compressed air regulated to 5 - 9 kg/cm2 (70 - 130 psi) through each steel line from the cooler side
back toward the transmission for 10 seconds to force out any remaining fluid.
15. Ensure all debris is removed from the steel cooler lines.
16. Ensure all debris is removed from the banjo bolts and fittings.
17. Perform AT-13, "A/T FLUID COOLER CLEANING PROCEDURE" .
A/T FLUID COOLER DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
Insufficient cleaning of the cooler inlet hose exterior may lead to inaccurate debris identification.
1. Position an oil pan under the automatic transmission's inlet and outlet cooler hoses.
2. Clean the exterior and tip of the cooler inlet hose.
3. Insert the extension adapter hose of a can of Transmission
Cooler Cleaner (Nissan P/N 999MP-AM006) into the cooler out-
let hose.
CAUTION:
● Wear safety glasses and rubber gloves when spraying
the Transmission Cooler Cleaner.
● Spray cooler cleaner only with adequate ventilation.

● Avoid contact with eyes and skin.

● Do not breath vapors or spray mist.

4. Hold the hose and can as high as possible and spray Transmis- SCIA3831E

sion Cooler Cleaner in a continuous stream into the cooler outlet

hose until fluid flows out of the cooler inlet hose for 5 seconds.
5. Tie a common white, basket-type coffee filter to the end of the
cooler inlet hose.

SCIA3833E

6. Insert the tip of an air gun into the end of the cooler outlet hose.
7. Wrap a shop rag around the air gun tip and end of cooler outlet
hose.
8. Blow compressed air regulated to 5 - 9 kg/cm2 (70 - 130 psi)
through the cooler outlet hose to force any remaining A/T fluid
into the coffee filter.
9. Remove the coffee filter from the end of the cooler inlet hose.
10. Perform AT-15, "A/T FLUID COOLER INSPECTION PROCE-
DURE" .
SCIA3834E

Revision: October 2005 AT-14 2005 QX56

 A/T FLUID

A/T FLUID COOLER INSPECTION PROCEDURE

1. Inspect the coffee filter for debris. A
a. If small metal debris less than 1mm (0.040 in) in size or metal
powder is found in the coffee filter, this is normal. If normal
debris is found, the A/T fluid cooler/radiator can be re-used and B
the procedure is ended.

AT

SCIA2967E
D

b. If one or more pieces of debris are found that are over 1mm
(0.040 in) in size and/or peeled clutch facing material is found in E
the coffee filter, the fluid cooler is not serviceable. The A/T fluid
cooler/radiator must be replaced and the inspection procedure is
ended. Refer to CO-12, "RADIATOR" .
F

SCIA5257E

A/T FLUID COOLER FINAL INSPECTION H

After performing all procedures, ensure that all remaining oil is cleaned from all components.

Revision: October 2005 AT-15 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:31036

Cross-Sectional View (2WD models) ECS00CDT

SCIA5267E

1. Front planetary gear 2. Mid planetary gear 3. Rear planetary gear

4. Direct clutch 5. High and low reverse clutch 6. Reverse brake
7. Drum support 8. Forward brake 9. Low coast brake
10. Input shaft 11. Torque converter 12. Oil pump
13. Front brake 14. 3rd one-way clutch 15. Input clutch
16. 1st one-way clutch 17. Control valve with TCM 18. Forward one-way clutch
19. Rear extension 20. Output shaft

Revision: October 2005 AT-16 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

Cross-Sectional View (4WD models) ECS00CDU

AT

I
SCIA5268E

1. Front planetary gear 2. Mid planetary gear 3. Rear planetary gear

4. Direct clutch 5. High and low reverse clutch 6. Reverse brake
J
7. Drum support 8. Forward brake 9. Low coast brake
10. Input shaft 11. Torque converter 12. Oil pump
13. Front brake 14. 3rd one-way clutch 15. Input clutch
K
16. 1st one-way clutch 17. Control valve with TCM 18. Forward one-way clutch
19. Adapter case 20. Output shaft

Revision: October 2005 AT-17 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

Shift Mechanism ECS00CDV

The automatic transmission uses compact triple planetary gear systems to improve power-transmission effi-
ciency, simplify construction and reduce weight.
It also employs an optimum shift control and super wide gear ratios. They improve starting performance and
acceleration during medium and high-speed operation.
CONSTRUCTION

PCIA0002J

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch

4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

FUNCTION OF CLUTCH AND BRAKE

Name of the Part Abbreviation Function
Front brake (1) FR/B Fastens the front sun gear (11).
Connects the input shaft (12), the front internal gear (14) and the mid internal
Input clutch (2) I/C
gear (13).
Direct clutch (3) D/C Connects the rear carrier (15) and the rear sun gear (16).
High and low reverse clutch (4) HLR/C Connects the mid sun gear (17) and the rear sun gear (16).
Reverse brake (5) R/B Fastens the rear carrier (15).
Forward brake (6) Fwd/B Fastens the mid sun gear (17).
Low coast brake (7) LC/B Fastens the mid sun gear (17).
Allows the rear sun gear (16) to turn freely forward relative to the mid sun gear
1st one-way clutch (8) 1st OWC
(17) but fastens it for reverse rotation.
Allows the mid sun gear (17) to turn freely in the forward direction but fastens it
Forward one-way clutch (9) Fwd OWC
for reverse rotation.
Allows the front sun gear (11) to turn freely in the forward direction but fastens
3rd one-way clutch (10) 3rd OWC
it for reverse rotation.

Revision: October 2005 AT-18 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

CLUTCH AND BAND CHART

1st Fwd 3rd
A
Shift position I/C HLR/C D/C R/B FR/B LC/B Fwd/B Remarks
OWC OWC OWC

P PARK POSITION
B
REVERSE
R
POSITION
NEUTRAL POSI-
N AT
TION

1st

2nd D
Automatic shift
D 3rd
1⇔2⇔3⇔4⇔5
4th E
5th

1st
F
4 2nd Automatic shift

3rd 1⇔2⇔3⇔4
G
4th

1st
H
2nd Automatic shift
3
3rd 1⇔2⇔3⇐4

4th
I

1st

2nd J
Automatic shift
2
3rd 1⇔2⇐3⇐4

4th K
1st
Locks (held sta-
2nd tionary in 1st L
1
3rd gear)
1⇐2⇐3⇐4
4th
M
● —Operates
● —Operates during “progressive” acceleration.
● —Operates and effects power transmission while coasting.
● —Line pressure is applied but does not affect power transmission.

● —Operates under conditions shown in HLR/C Operating Condition

● —Operates under conditions shown in LC/B Operating Condition. Delay control is applied during D (4,3,2,1) ÞN shift.

Revision: October 2005 AT-19 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

SCIA5642E

POWER TRANSMISSION
“N” Position
Since both the forward brake and the reverse brake are released, torque from the input shaft drive is not trans-
mitted to the output shaft.
“P” Position
● The same as for the “N” position, both the forward brake and the reverse brake are released, so torque
from the input shaft drive is not transmitted to the output shaft.
● The parking pawl linked with the select lever meshes with the parking gear and fastens the output shaft
mechanically.

PCIA0003J

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch

4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

Revision: October 2005 AT-20 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“D”, “4”, “3”, “2” Positions 1st Gear

● The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear. A
● The 1st one-way clutch regulates reverse rotation of the rear sun gear.
● The 3rd one-way clutch regulates reverse rotation of the front sun gear.
B
● During deceleration, the mid sun gear turns forward, so the forward one-way clutch idles and the engine
brake is not activated.

AT

SCIA1512E
K
1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch
4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch L
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier M
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

Revision: October 2005 AT-21 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“1 ” Position 1st Gear

● The front brake fastens the front sun gear.
● The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear.
● High and low reverse clutch connects the rear sun gear and the mid sun gear.
● The low coast brake fastens the mid sun gear.
● During deceleration, the low coast brake regulates forward rotation of the mid sun gear and the engine
brake functions.

SCIA1513E

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch

4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

Revision: October 2005 AT-22 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“D”, “4”, “3” Positions 2nd Gear

● The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear. A
● The 3rd one-way clutch regulates reverse rotation of the front sun gear.
● The direct clutch is coupled and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected.
B
● During deceleration, the mid sun gear turns forward, so the forward one-way clutch idles and engine
brake is not activated.

AT

SCIA1514E
K
1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch
4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch L
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier M
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

Revision: October 2005 AT-23 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“2”, “1” Positions 2nd Gear

● The front brake fastens the front sun gear.
● The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear.
● The direct clutch is coupled, and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected.
● The low coast brake fastens the mid sun gear.
● During deceleration, the low coast brake regulates forward rotation of the mid sun gear and the engine
brake functions.

SCIA1515E

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch

4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

Revision: October 2005 AT-24 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“D”, “4”, “3” Positions 3rd Gear

● The front brake fastens the front sun gear. A
● The direct clutch is coupled, and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected.
● The high and low reverse clutch is coupled and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected.
B

AT

J
SCIA1516E

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch

4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake K
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier L
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl M

Revision: October 2005 AT-25 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“D”, “4” Positions 4th Gear

● The direct clutch is coupled, and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected.
● The high and low reverse clutch is coupled and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected.
● The input clutch is coupled and the front internal gear and mid internal gear are connected.
● The drive power is conveyed to the front internal gear, mid internal gear, and rear carrier and the three
planetary gears rotate forward as one unit.

SCIA1517E

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch

4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

Revision: October 2005 AT-26 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“D” Position 5th Gear

● The front brake fastens the front sun gear. A
● The input clutch is coupled and the front internal gear and mid internal gear are connected.
● The high and low reverse clutch is coupled and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected.
B

AT

J
SCIA4984E

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch

4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake K
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier L
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl M

Revision: October 2005 AT-27 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“R” Position
● The front brake fastens the front sun gear.
● The high and low reverse clutch is coupled, and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected.
● The reverse brake fastens the rear carrier.

SCIA1519E

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch

4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

Revision: October 2005 AT-28 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

TCM Function ECS00CDW

A
The function of the TCM is to:
● Receive input signals sent from various switches and sensors.
● Determine required line pressure, shifting point, lock-up operation, and engine brake operation. B
● Send required output signals to the respective solenoids.
CONTROL SYSTEM OUTLINE
The automatic transmission senses vehicle operating conditions through various sensors or signals. It always AT
controls the optimum shift position and reduces shifting and lock-up shocks.
SENSORS (or SIGNALS) TCM ACTUATORS
D
PNP switch
Accelerator pedal position sensor Input clutch solenoid valve
Closed throttle position signal Shift control Direct clutch solenoid valve
Wide open throttle position signal Line pressure control Front brake solenoid valve E
Engine speed signal Lock-up control High and low reverse clutch
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Revolution sensor Þ Engine brake control
Timing control Þ solenoid valve
Low coast brake solenoid valve
Vehicle speed signal Fail-safe control Torque converter clutch solenoid F
Stop lamp switch signal Self-diagnosis valve
Turbine revolution sensor CONSULT-II communication line Line pressure solenoid valve
1st position switch signal Duet-EA control A/T CHECK indicator lamp
4th position switch signal CAN system Starter relay G
ATF pressure switch signal Back-up lamp relay
Tow mode switch signal

CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM H

SCIA5624E

Revision: October 2005 AT-29 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

CAN Communication ECS00CDX

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. For details, refer to LAN-5,
"CAN COMMUNICATION" .
Input/Output Signal of TCM ECS00CDY

Line Vehicle Engine Fail-safe Self-diag-

Shift Lock-up
Control item pressure speed brake function nostics
control control
control control control (*3) function

Accelerator pedal position signal (*4) X X X X X X X

Vehicle speed sensor A/T
X X X X X X
(revolution sensor)

Vehicle speed sensor MTR(*1) (*4) X X X X X

Closed throttle position signal(*4) (*2) X (*2) X X (*2) X X

Wide open throttle position signal(*4) (*2) X (*2) X (*2) X X

Turbine revolution sensor 1 X X X X X

Input Turbine revolution sensor 2

X X X X X
(for 4th speed only)

Engine speed signals(*4) X X

PNP switch X X X X X X X
A/T fluid temperature sensors 1, 2 X X X X X X X

Operation signal(*4) X X X X
ASCD Overdrive cancel
X X X
signal(*4)
TCM power supply voltage signal X X X X X X
Direct clutch solenoid (ATF pres-
X X X X
sure switch 5)
Input clutch solenoid (ATF pressure
X X X X
switch 3)
High and low reverse clutch sole-
X X X X
noid (ATF pressure switch 6)
Out-
put Front brake solenoid (ATF pressure
X X X X
switch 1)
Low coast brake solenoid (ATF
X X X X X
pressure switch 2)
Line pressure solenoid X X X X X X X
TCC solenoid X X X
Starter relay X X
*1: Spare for vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor)
*2: Spare for accelerator pedal position signal
*3: If these input and output signals are different, the TCM triggers the fail-safe function.
*4: CAN communications

Revision: October 2005 AT-30 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

Line Pressure Control ECS00CDZ

A
● When an input torque signal equivalent to the engine drive force is sent from the ECM to the TCM, the
TCM controls the line pressure solenoid.
● This line pressure solenoid controls the pressure regulator valve as the signal pressure and adjusts the
pressure of the operating oil discharged from the oil pump to the line pressure most appropriate to the B
driving state.

AT

PCIA0007E
F
LINE PRESSURE CONTROL IS BASED ON THE TCM LINE PRESSURE CHARACTERISTIC
PATTERN
● The TCM has stored in memory a number of patterns for the optimum line pressure characteristic for the
G
driving state.
● In order to obtain the most appropriate line pressure characteristic to meet the current driving state, the
TCM controls the line pressure solenoid current value and thus controls the line pressure.
H
Normal Control
Each clutch is adjusted to the necessary pressure to match the
engine drive force. I

PCIA0008E

L
Back-up Control (Engine Brake)
When the select operation is performed during driving and the trans-
mission is shifted down, the line pressure is set according to the
vehicle speed. M

PCIA0009E

Revision: October 2005 AT-31 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

During Shift Change

The necessary and adequate line pressure for shift change is set.
For this reason, line pressure pattern setting corresponds to input
torque and gearshift selection. Also, line pressure characteristic is
set according to engine speed, during engine brake operation.

PCIA0010E

At Low Fluid Temperature

When the A/T fluid temperature drops below the prescribed tempera-
ture, in order to speed up the action of each friction element, the line
pressure is set higher than the normal line pressure characteristic.

PCIA0011E

Shift Control ECS00CE0

The clutch pressure control solenoid is controlled by the signals from the switches and sensors. Thus, the
clutch pressure is adjusted to be appropriate to the engine load state and vehicle driving state. It becomes
possible to finely control the clutch hydraulic pressure with high precision and a smoother shift change charac-
teristic is attained.

PCIA0012E

SHIFT CHANGE
The clutch is controlled with the optimum timing and oil pressure by the engine speed, engine torque informa-
tion, etc.

Revision: October 2005 AT-32 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

Shift Change System Diagram

A

AT

PCIA0013E

G
*1: Full phase real-time feedback control monitors movement of gear ratio at gear change, and controls oil
pressure at real-time to achieve the best gear ratio.
Lock-up Control ECS00CE1 H
The torque converter clutch piston in the torque converter is engaged to eliminate torque converter slip to
increase power transmission efficiency.
The torque converter clutch control valve operation is controlled by the torque converter clutch solenoid valve, I
which is controlled by a signal from TCM, and the torque converter clutch control valve engages or releases
the torque converter clutch piston.
Lock-up Operation Condition Table J
Select lever D position 4 position 3 position 2 position
Gear position 5 4 4 3 2
K
Lock-up × – × × ×
Slip lock-up × × – – –
L
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL VALVE CONTROL
Lock-up Control System Diagram
M

PCIA0014E

Lock-up Released
● In the lock-up released state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the unlocked state by the
torque converter clutch solenoid and the lock-up apply pressure is drained.
In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is not coupled.

Revision: October 2005 AT-33 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

Lock-up Applied
● In the lock-up applied state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the locked state by the
torque converter clutch solenoid and lock-up apply pressure is generated.
In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is pressed and coupled.
SMOOTH LOCK-UP CONTROL
When shifting from the lock-up released state to the lock-up applied state, the current output to the torque con-
verter clutch solenoid is controlled with the TCM. In this way, when shifting to the lock-up applied state, the
torque converter clutch is temporarily set to the half-clutched state to reduce the shock.
Half-clutched State
● The current output from the TCM to the torque converter clutch solenoid is varied to gradually increase
the torque converter clutch solenoid pressure.
In this way, the lock-up apply pressure gradually rises and while the torque converter clutch piston is put
into half-clutched status, the torque converter clutch piston operating pressure is increased and the cou-
pling is completed smoothly.
Slip Lock-up Control
● In the slip region, the torque converter clutch solenoid current is controlled with the TCM to put it into the
half-clutched state. This absorbs the engine torque fluctuation and lock-up operates from low speed.
This raises the fuel efficiency for 4th and 5th gears at both low speed and when the accelerator has a low
degree of opening.

Revision: October 2005 AT-34 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

Engine Brake Control ECS00CE2

A
● The forward one-way clutch transmits the drive force from the engine to the rear wheels. But the reverse
drive from the rear wheels is not transmitted to the engine because the one-way clutch is idling.
Therefore, the low coast brake solenoid is operated to prevent the forward one-way clutch from idling and
the engine brake is operated in the same manner as conventionally. B

AT

SCIA1520E H
● The operation of the low coast brake solenoid switches the low coast brake switching valve and controls
the coupling and releasing of the low coast brake.
The low coast brake reducing valve controls the low coast brake coupling force. I
Control Valve ECS00CE3

FUNCTION OF CONTROL VALVE

Name Function
J

In order to prevent the pressure supplied to the torque converter from being excessive,
Torque converter regulator valve the line pressure is adjusted to the optimum pressure (torque converter operating pres-
sure). K
Pressure regulator valve
Adjusts the oil discharged from the oil pump to the optimum pressure (line pressure) for
Pressure regulator plug
the driving state.
Pressure regulator sleeve L
When the front brake is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure
Front brake control valve (front brake pressure) and supplies it to the front brake. (In 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 5th gears,
adjusts the clutch pressure.)
M
Adjusts the pressure (accumulator control pressure) acting on the accumulator piston
Accumulator control valve
and low coast reducing valve to the pressure appropriate to the driving state.
Adjusts the line pressure and produces the constant pressure (pilot pressure) required
Pilot valve A
for line pressure control, shift change control, and lock-up control.
Adjusts the line pressure and produces the constant pressure (pilot pressure) required
Pilot valve B
for shift change control.
Low coast brake switching valve During engine braking, supplies the line pressure to the low coast brake reducing valve.
When the low coast brake is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure
Low coast brake reducing valve
(low coast brake pressure) and supplies it to the low coast brake.
N-R accumulator Produces the stabilizing pressure for when N-R is selected.
Direct clutch piston switching valve Operates in 4th gear and switches the direct clutch coupling capacity.
When the high and low reverse clutch is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the opti-
High and low reverse clutch control valve mum pressure (high and low reverse clutch pressure) and supplies it to the high and low
reverse clutch. (In 1st, 3rd, 4th and 5th gears, adjusts the clutch pressure.)

Revision: October 2005 AT-35 2005 QX56

 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

Name Function
When the input clutch is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure
Input clutch control valve (input clutch pressure) and supplies it to the input clutch. (In 4th and 5th gears, adjusts
the clutch pressure.)
When the direct clutch is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure
Direct clutch control valve (direct clutch pressure) and supplies it to the direct clutch. (In 2nd, 3rd, and 4th gears,
adjusts the clutch pressure.)
TCC control valve
Switches the lock-up to operating or released. Also, by performing the lock-up operation
TCC control plug
transiently, lock-up smoothly.
TCC control sleeve
Operates during lock-up to switch the torque converter, cooling, and lubrication system
Torque converter lubrication valve
oil path.
Cool bypass valve Allows excess oil to bypass cooler circuit without being fed into it.
Line pressure relief valve Discharges excess oil from line pressure circuit.
N-D accumulator Produces the stabilizing pressure for when N-D is selected.
Sends line pressure to each circuit according to the select position. The circuits to which
Manual valve
the line pressure is not sent drain.

FUNCTION OF PRESSURE SWITCH

Name Function
Detects any malfunction in the front brake hydraulic pressure. When it detects any mal-
Pressure switch 1 (FR/B)
function, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
Detects any malfunction in the low coast brake hydraulic pressure. When it detects any
Pressure switch 2 (LC/B)
malfunction, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
Detects any malfunction in the input clutch hydraulic pressure. When it detects any mal-
Pressure switch 3 (I/C)
function, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
Detects any malfunction in the direct clutch hydraulic pressure. When it detects any mal-
Pressure switch 5 (D/C)
function, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
Detects any malfunction in the high and low reverse clutch hydraulic pressure. When it
Pressure switch 6 (HLR/C)
detects any malfunction, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.

Revision: October 2005 AT-36 2005 QX56

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028

A
Introduction ECS00CE4

The A/T system has two self-diagnostic systems.

The first is the emission-related on board diagnostic system (OBD-II) performed by the TCM in combination B
with the ECM. The malfunction is indicated by the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) and is stored as a DTC in
the ECM memory but not the TCM memory.
The second is the TCM original self-diagnosis indicated by the A/T CHECK indicator lamp. The malfunction is
stored in the TCM memory. The detected items are overlapped with OBD-II self-diagnostic items. For detail, AT
refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
OBD-II Function for A/T System ECS00CE5
D
The ECM provides emission-related on board diagnostic (OBD-II) functions for the A/T system. One function
is to receive a signal from the TCM used with OBD-related parts of the A/T system. The signal is sent to the
ECM when a malfunction occurs in the corresponding OBD-related part. The other function is to indicate a E
diagnostic result by means of the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) on the instrument panel. Sensors, switches
and solenoid valves are used as sensing elements.
The MIL automatically illuminates in One or Two Trip Detection Logic when a malfunction is sensed in relation
to A/T system parts. F

One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II ECS00CE6

ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC

G
If a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, the MIL will illuminate and the malfunction will be stored in
the ECM memory as a DTC. The TCM is not provided with such a memory function.
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC H
When a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, it is stored in the ECM memory as a 1st trip DTC
(diagnostic trouble code) or 1st trip freeze frame data. At this point, the MIL will not illuminate. — 1st Trip
If the same malfunction as that experienced during the first test drive is sensed during the second test drive, I
the MIL will illuminate. — 2nd Trip
The “Trip” in the “One or Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation.
J
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ECS00CE7

HOW TO READ DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods. K
( with CONSULT-II or GST) CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0705, P0720 etc.
These DTC are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
L
● 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
● Output of the diagnostic trouble code indicates that the indicated circuit has a malfunction. How-
ever, in case of the Mode II and GST, they do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring
M
or occurred in the past and returned to normal.
CONSULT-II can identify them as shown below, therefore, CONSULT-II (if available) is recom-
mended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown
on the next page. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed
in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode for “ENGINE” with CON-
SULT-II. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven
after the last detection of a DTC.

BCIA0030E

Revision: October 2005 AT-37 2005 QX56

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”.

SAT015K

If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be “1t”.

SAT016K

Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data

The ECM has a memory function, which stores the driving condition such as fuel system status, calculated
load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle
speed at the moment the ECM detects a malfunction.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data,
and the data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II
or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
detail, refer to AT-37, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM" .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data of freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority Items
1 Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0306
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
3 1st trip freeze frame data

Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTC) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased.
HOW TO ERASE DTC
The diagnostic trouble code can be erased by CONSULT-II, GST or ECM DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE as
described following.
● If the battery cable is disconnected, the diagnostic trouble code will be lost within 24 hours.
● When you erase the DTC, using CONSULT-II or GST is easier and quicker than switching the mode
selector on the ECM.
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared from the ECM memory when erasing DTC
related to OBD-II. For details, refer to EC-49, "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS" .
● Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)
● 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes (1st trip DTC)
● Freeze frame data
Revision: October 2005 AT-38 2005 QX56
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

● 1st trip freeze frame data

● System readiness test (SRT) codes A
● Test values
HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH CONSULT-II) B
● If a DTC is displayed for both ECM and TCM, it is necessary to be erased for both ECM and TCM.
1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again. AT
2. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “A/T”.
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.) Then touch “BACK” twice. D
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
6. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
E
7. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)

SCIA5671E

HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH GST)

1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
2. Select Mode 4 with the Generic Scan Tool (GST). For details refer to EC-139, "Generic Scan Tool (GST)
Function" .
HOW TO ERASE DTC (NO TOOLS)
1. Disconnect battery for 24 hours.
2. Reconnect battery.

Revision: October 2005 AT-39 2005 QX56

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ECS00CE8

DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned “ON” with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check.
● If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-30, "WARNING LAMPS" .
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.

SEF217U

Revision: October 2005 AT-40 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004

A
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ECS00CE9

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart. B
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
AT-95 . AT
Priority Detected items (DTC)
1 U1000 CAN communication line
2 Except above D

Fail-Safe ECS00CEA

The TCM has an electrical fail-safe mode. This mode makes it possible to operate even if there is an error in a E
main electronic control input/output signal circuit. In fail-safe mode the transmission is fixed in 2nd, 4th or 5th
(depending on the breakdown position), so the customer should feel “slipping” or “poor acceleration”.
Even when the electronic circuits are normal, under special conditions (for example, when slamming on the F
brake with the wheels spinning drastically and stopping the tire rotation), the transmission can go into fail-safe
mode. If this happens, switch “OFF” the ignition switch for 10 seconds, then switch it “ON” again to return to
the normal shift pattern. Therefore, the customer's vehicle has returned to normal, so handle according to the
“diagnostics flow” (Refer to AT-44, "WORK FLOW" ). G

FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
If any malfunction occurs in a sensor or solenoid, this function controls the A/T to mark driving possible. H
Vehicle Speed Sensor
● Signals are input from two systems - from vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) installed on the
transmission and from combination meter so normal driving is possible even if there is a malfunction in I
one of the systems. And if vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) has unusual cases, 5th gear is
prohibited.
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor J
● If there is a malfunction in one of the systems, the accelerator opening angle is controlled by ECM accord-
ing to a pre-determined accelerator angle to make driving possible. And if there are malfunctions in tow
systems, the engine speed is fixed by ECM to a pre-determined engine speed to make driving possible. K
Throttle Position Sensor
● If there is a malfunction in one of the systems, the accelerator opening angle is controlled by ECM accord-
ing to a pre-determined accelerator angle to make driving possible. And if there are malfunctions in tow L
systems, the accelerator opening angle is controlled by the idle signal sent from the ECM which is based
on input indicating either idle condition or off-idle condition (pre-determined accelerator opening) in order
to make driving possible. M
PNP Switch
● In the unlikely event that a malfunction signal enters the TCM, the position indicator is switched “OFF”, the
starter relay is switched “OFF” (starter starting is disabled), the back-up lamp relay switched “OFF” (back-
up lamp is OFF) and the position is fixed to the “D” range to make driving possible.
Starter Relay
● The starter relay is switched “OFF”. (Starter starting is disabled.)

Revision: October 2005 AT-41 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

A/T Interlock
● If there is an A/T interlock judgment malfunction, the transmission is fixed in 2nd gear to make driving pos-
sible.
NOTE:
When the vehicle is driven fixed in 2nd gear, a turbine revolution sensor malfunction is displayed,
but this is not a turbine revolution sensor malfunction.
● When the coupling pattern below is detected, the fail-safe action corresponding to the pattern is per-
formed.
A/T INTERLOCK COUPLING PATTERN TABLE
●: NG X: OK
Clutch pressure output pattern after fail-safe func-
ATF pressure switch output
tion
Fail-safe
Gear position SW6
SW3 SW5 SW1 SW2 function
(HLR/ I/C HLR/C D/C FR/B LC/B L/U
(I/C) (D/C) (FR/B) (LC/B)
C)
Held in
3rd – X X – ● OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
2nd gear
A/T inter-
Held in
lock cou- 4th – X X – ● OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
2nd gear
pling pattern
Held in
5th X X – X ● OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
2nd gear

A/T 1st Engine Braking

● When there is an A/T first gear engine brake judgment malfunction, the low coast brake solenoid is
switched “OFF” to avoid the engine brake operation.
Line Pressure Solenoid
● The solenoid is switched “OFF” and the line pressure is set to the maximum hydraulic pressure to make
driving possible.
Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid
● The solenoid is switched “OFF” to release the lock-up.
Low Coast Brake Solenoid
● When a (electrical or functional) malfunction occurs, in order to make driving possible, the engine brake is
not applied in 1st and 2nd gear.
Input Clutch Solenoid
● If a (electrical or functional) malfunction occurs with the solenoid either “ON” or “OFF”, the transmission is
held in 4th gear to make driving possible.
Direct Clutch Solenoid
● If a (electrical or functional) malfunction occurs with the solenoid either “ON” or “OFF”, the transmission is
held in 4th gear to make driving possible.
Front Brake Solenoid
● If a (electrical or functional) malfunction occurs with the solenoid “ON”, in order to make driving possible,
the A/T is held in 5th gear; if the solenoid is OFF, 4th gear.
High and Low Reverse Clutch Solenoid
● If a (electrical or functional) malfunction occurs with the solenoid either “ON” or “OFF”, the transmission is
held in 4th gear to make driving possible.
Turbine Revolution Sensor 1 or 2
● The control is the same as if there were no turbine revolution sensors, 5th gear is prohibited.

Revision: October 2005 AT-42 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

How To Perform Trouble Diagnosis For Quick and Accurate Repair ECS00CEB

INTRODUCTION A
The TCM receives a signal from the vehicle speed sensor, accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position
sensor) or PNP switch and provides shift control or lock-up control via A/T solenoid valves.
The TCM also communicates with the ECM by means of a signal B
sent from sensing elements used with the OBD-related parts of the
A/T system for malfunction-diagnostic purposes. The TCM is capa-
ble of diagnosing malfunctioning parts while the ECM can store mal-
AT
functions in its memory.
Input and output signals must always be correct and stable in the
operation of the A/T system. The A/T system must be in good oper-
ating condition and be free of valve seizure, solenoid valve malfunc- D
tion, etc.

SAT631IB E

It is much more difficult to diagnose a error that occurs intermittently

rather than continuously. Most intermittent errors are caused by poor F
electric connections or improper wiring. In this case, careful check-
ing of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good
parts.
G
A visual check only may not find the cause of the errors. A road test
with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should be
performed. Follow the AT-44, "WORK FLOW" .
H

SAT632I

I
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such errors, especially J
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A “Diagnostic Worksheet” as shown on
the example (Refer to AT-45 ) should be used.
K
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” errors first. This will
help troubleshoot driveability errors on an electronically controlled
engine vehicle.
Also check related Service bulletins. L
SEF234G

Revision: October 2005 AT-43 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

WORK FLOW
A good understanding of the malfunction conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a malfunction. It is important to fully understand the symp-
toms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Make good use of the two sheets provided, “Information From Customer” (Refer to AT-45 ) and “Diagnostic
Worksheet” (Refer to AT-45 ), to perform the best troubleshooting possible.
Work Flow Chart

WCIA0251E

*1. AT-45 *2. AT-45 *3. AT-41

*4. AT-50 *5. AT-50, AT-51 *6. AT-53
*7. AT-83 *8. AT-37 *9. AT-95
*10. AT-174 *11. AT-177 *12. AT-219
*13. AT-60 *14. AT-38 *15. AT-166
*16. EC-49

Revision: October 2005 AT-44 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Information From Customer A
KEY POINTS
● WHAT..... Vehicle & A/T model
B
● WHEN..... Date, Frequencies
● WHERE..... Road conditions
● HOW..... Operating conditions, Symptoms AT
Customer name MR/MS Model & Year VIN
Trans. Model Engine Mileage
D
Malfunction Date Manuf. Date In Service Date
Frequency ❏ Continuous ❏ Intermittent ( times a day)
Symptoms ❏ Vehicle does not move. (❏ Any position ❏ Particular position) E
❏ No up-shift (❏ 1st → 2nd ❏ 2nd → 3rd ❏ 3rd → 4th ❏ 4th → 5th)
❏ No down-shift (❏ 5th → 4th ❏ 4th → 3rd ❏ 3rd → 2nd ❏ 2nd → 1st)
❏ Lock-up malfunction F
❏ Shift point too high or too low.
❏ Shift shock or slip (❏ N → D ❏ Lock-up ❏ Any drive position)
G
❏ Noise or vibration
❏ No kick down
❏ No pattern select H
❏ Others
( )
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) ❏ Continuously lit ❏ Not lit I

Diagnostic Worksheet Chart

1 ❏ Read the item on cautions concerning fail-safe and understand the customer's complaint. AT-41 J
❏ ATF inspection

2 ❏ Leak (Repair leak location.) AT-50

❏ State K
❏ Amount
❏ Stall test and line pressure test
❏ Stall test
L

❏ Torque converter one-way clutch ❏ 1st one-way clutch

❏ Front brake ❏ 3rd one-way clutch AT-50, AT-
3 ❏ High and low reverse clutch ❏ Engine 51 M
❏ Low coast brake ❏ Line pressure low
❏ Forward brake ❏ Except for input clutch and direct
❏ Reverse brake clutch, clutches and brakes OK
❏ Forward one-way clutch
❏ Line pressure inspection - Suspected part:

Revision: October 2005 AT-45 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

❏ Perform all road tests and enter checks in required inspection items. AT-53
Check before engine is started
❏ AT-180, "A/T CHECK Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On" . AT-54
❏ Perform self-diagnostics Enter checks for detected items. AT-85
❏ AT-95, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE"
❏ AT-99, "DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT"
❏ AT-103, "DTC P0700 TCM"
❏ AT-104, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH"
❏ AT-108, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)"
❏ AT-113, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL"
❏ AT-115, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE"
❏ AT-117, "DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)"
❏ AT-119, "DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE"
❏ AT-121, "DTC P1702 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (RAM)"
❏ AT-122, "DTC P1703 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (ROM)"
❏ AT-123, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR"
❏ AT-126, "DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT"
❏ AT-131, "DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR"
4-1.
❏ AT-133, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR"
❏ AT-135, "DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK"
❏ AT-138, "DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING"
❏ AT-140, "DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE"
❏ AT-142, "DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION"
❏ AT-144, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE"
❏ AT-146, "DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION"
❏ AT-148, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE"
❏ AT-150, "DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION"
4 ❏ AT-152, "DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE"
❏ AT-154, "DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
FUNCTION"
❏ AT-156, "DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE"
❏ AT-158, "DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION"
❏ AT-160, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1"
❏ AT-162, "DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3"
❏ AT-164, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5"
❏ AT-166, "DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6"
Idle inspection
❏ AT-180, "Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” or “N” Position"
❏ AT-181, "In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed"
4-2. ❏ AT-182, "In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves" AT-54
❏ AT-183, "Large Shock (“N” to “D” Position)"
❏ AT-187, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position"
❏ AT-190, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D” Position"
Driving tests
Part 1
❏ AT-192, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1"
❏ AT-195, "A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2"
4-3. ❏ AT-197, "A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3"
AT-55
❏ AT-199, "A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4"
❏ AT-202, "A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D5"
❏ AT-204, "A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up"
❏ AT-206, "A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition"
❏ AT-208, "Lock-up Is Not Released"
❏ AT-209, "Engine Speed Does Not Return to Idle"

Revision: October 2005 AT-46 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Part 2
A
❏ AT-192, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1"
❏ AT-195, "A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2" AT-57
❏ AT-197, "A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3"
❏ AT-199, "A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4" B
Part 3
❏ AT-210, "A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear → 4th gear"
❏ AT-213, "A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear → 3rd gear" AT-58 AT
❏ AT-214, "A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear → 2nd gear"
❏ AT-216, "A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear → 1st gear"
❏ AT-219, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake"
❏ Perform self-diagnostics Enter checks for detected items. AT-85 D
❏ AT-95, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE"
❏ AT-99, "DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT"
❏ AT-103, "DTC P0700 TCM" E
❏ AT-104, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH"
❏ AT-108, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)"
❏ AT-113, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL"
❏ AT-115, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" F
❏ AT-117, "DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)"
❏ AT-119, "DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE"
4 4-3
❏ AT-121, "DTC P1702 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (RAM)"
❏ AT-122, "DTC P1703 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (ROM)" G
❏ AT-123, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR"
❏ AT-126, "DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT"
❏ AT-131, "DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR"
H
❏ AT-133, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR"
❏ AT-135, "DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK"
❏ AT-138, "DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING"
❏ AT-140, "DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" I
❏ AT-142, "DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION"
❏ AT-144, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE"
❏ AT-146, "DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION"
❏ AT-148, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" J
❏ AT-150, "DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION"
❏ AT-152, "DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE"
❏ AT-154, "DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
FUNCTION" K
❏ AT-156, "DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE"
❏ AT-158, "DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION"
❏ AT-160, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1"
❏ AT-162, "DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3" L
❏ AT-164, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5"
❏ AT-166, "DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6"
❏ Inspect each system for items found to be NG in the self-diagnostics and repair or replace the malfunction M
5
parts.
6 ❏ Perform all road tests and enter the checks again for the required items. AT-53
❏ For any remaining NG items, perform the “diagnostics procedure” and repair or replace the malfunction parts.
7 See the chart for diagnostics by symptoms. (This chart also contains other symptoms and inspection proce- AT-60
dures.)
AT-38
8 ❏ Erase the results of the self-diagnostics from the TCM.

Revision: October 2005 AT-47 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

A/T Electrical Parts Location ECS00CEC

WCIA0515E

Revision: October 2005 AT-48 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Circuit Diagram ECS00CED

AT

BCWA0409E

Revision: October 2005 AT-49 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis ECS00CEE

A/T FLUID CHECK

Fluid Leakage and Fluid Level Check
● Inspect for fluid leakage and check the fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
Fluid Condition Check
Inspect the fluid condition.
Fluid condition Conceivable Cause Required Operation
Replace the ATF and check the A/T
Varnished (viscous Clutch, brake main unit and the vehicle for mal-
varnish state) scorched functions (wire harnesses, cooler
pipes, etc.)
Milky white or Replace the ATF and check for
Water in the fluid
cloudy places where water is getting in.
Large amount of Unusual wear of
Replace the ATF and check for
metal powder mixed sliding parts within
improper operation of the A/T.
in A/T SAT638A

STALL TEST
Stall Test Procedure
1. Inspect the amount of engine oil. Replenish the engine oil if necessary.
2. Drive for about 10 minutes to warm up the vehicle so that the A/
T fluid temperature is 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F). Inspect the
amount of ATF. Replenish if necessary.

SAT647B

3. Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn.

SCIA1224E

4. Engine start, apply foot brake, and place selector lever in “D”
position.
5. While holding down the foot brake, gradually press down the
accelerator pedal.
6. Quickly read off the stall speed, then quickly remove your foot
from the accelerator pedal.
CAUTION:
Do not hold down the accelerator pedal for more than 5 sec-
onds during this test.
7. Move the selector lever to the “N” position. SAT514G
8. Cool down the ATF.

Revision: October 2005 AT-50 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

CAUTION:
Run the engine at idle for at least one minute. A
Stall speed: 2,500 - 2,800 rpm
Judgement of Stall Test B
Selector lever position
Expected problem location
D R
AT
● Forward brake
● Forward one-way clutch
H O
● 1st one-way clutch
D
Stall rotation ● 3rd one-way clutch
O H ● Reverse brake
L L ● Engine and torque converter one-way clutch E
H H ● Line pressure low
O: Stall speed within standard value position
H: Stall speed higher than standard value F
L: Stall speed lower than standard value

Stall test standard value position

G
Does not shift-up D position 1 → 2 Slipping in 2nd, 3rd, 4th gears Direct clutch slippage
Does not shift-up D position 2 → 3 Slipping in 3rd, 4th, 5th gears High and low reverse clutch slippage
Does not shift-up D position 3 → 4 Slipping in 4th, 5th gears Input clutch slippage H
Does not shift-up D position 4 → 5 Slipping in 5th gear Front brake slippage

LINE PRESSURE TEST

I
Line Pressure Test Port

SCIA2187E

Line Pressure Test Procedure M

1. Inspect the amount of engine oil and replenish if necessary.
2. Drive the car for about 10 minutes to warm it up so that the ATF reaches in range of 50 to 80°C (122 to
176°F), then inspect the amount of ATF and replenish if necessary.
NOTE:
The automatic fluid temperature rises in range of 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F) during 10 minutes of
driving.

Revision: October 2005 AT-51 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

3. After warming up remove the oil pressure detection plug and

install the oil pressure gauge [ST2505S001(J-34301-C)].
CAUTION:
When using the oil pressure gauge, be sure to use the O-
ring attached to the oil pressure detection plug.

SCIA5309E

4. Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn.

SCIA1224E

5. Start the engine, then measure the line pressure at both idle and
the stall speed.
CAUTION:
● Keep the brake pedal pressed all the way down during
measurement.
● When measuring the line pressure at the stall speed,
refer to AT-50, "STALL TEST" .
6. After the measurements are complete, install the oil pressure
detection plug and tighten to the regulation torque below.
:7.3 N·m (0.74 kg-m, 65 in-lb) SAT493G

CAUTION:
Do not reuse the O-ring.
Line Pressure
Line pressure [kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)]
Engine speed
R position D position
At idle speed 392 - 441 (4.0 - 4.5, 57 - 64) 373 - 422 (3.8 - 4.3, 54 - 61)
At stall speed 1,700 - 1,890 (17.3 - 19.3, 247 - 274) 1,310 - 1,500 (13.3 - 15.3, 190 - 218)

Revision: October 2005 AT-52 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Judgement of Line Pressure Test

Judgement Possible cause
A

Possible causes include malfunctions in the pressure supply system and low oil pump output.
For example
● Oil pump wear
B
Low for all positions
(P, R, N, D) ● Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking or spring fatigue
● Oil strainer Þ oil pump Þ pressure regulator valve passage oil leak
AT
● Engine idle speed too low
Only low for a spe- Possible causes include an oil pressure leak in a passage or device related to the position after
Idle speed cific position the pressure is distributed by the manual valve.
D
Possible causes include a sensor malfunction or malfunction in the line pressure adjustment func-
tion.
For example
High ● Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction E
● ATF temperature sensor malfunction
● Line pressure solenoid malfunction (sticking in “OFF” state, filter clog, cut line)
● Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking F
Possible causes include a sensor malfunction or malfunction in the pressure adjustment function.
For example
Oil pressure does ● Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction G
not rise higher than ● TCM breakdown
the oil pressure for
idle. ● Line pressure solenoid malfunction (shorting, sticking in“ ON” state)
● Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking H
● Pilot valve sticking or pilot filter clogged

Stall speed Possible causes include malfunctions in the pressure supply system and malfunction in the pres-
sure adjustment function. I
The pressure rises, For example
but does not enter ● Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction
the standard posi-
● Line pressure solenoid malfunction (sticking, filter clog) J
tion.
● Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
● Pilot valve sticking or pilot filter clogged
Only low for a spe- Possible causes include an oil pressure leak in a passage or device related to the position after K
cific position the pressure is distributed by the manual valve.

ROAD TEST
L
Description
● The road test inspects overall performance of the A/T and analyzes possible malfunction causes.
● The road test is carried out in the following three stages. M
1. Check before engine is started. Refer to AT-54 .
2. Check at idle. Refer to AT-54 .
3. Cruise test
● Inspect all the items from Part 1 to Part 3. Refer to AT-55 , AT-57 , AT-58 .

● Before beginning the road test, check the test procedure and inspection items.
● Test all inspection items until the symptom is uncovered. Diagnose NG items when all road tests are com-
plete.

Revision: October 2005 AT-53 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Check Before Engine is Started ECS00CEF

1. CHECK AT CHECK INDICATOR LAMP

1. Park vehicle on level surface.
2. Move selector lever to “P” position.
3. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
Does AT CHECK indicator lamp light up for about 2 seconds?
YES >> 1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Carry out the self-diagnostics and record all NG items on the diagnostics worksheet. Refer to
AT-85 .
3. Go to AT-54, "Check at Idle" .
NO >> Stop the road test and go to AT-180, "A/T CHECK Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On" .
Check at Idle ECS00CEG

1. CHECK STARTING THE ENGINE

1. Park vehicle on level surface.
2. Move selector lever to “P” or “N” position.
3. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
4. Turn ignition switch to “START” position.
Does the engine start?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Stop the road test and go to AT-180, "Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” or “N” Position" .

2. CHECK STARTING THE ENGINE

1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
2. Move selector lever in “D”,“4”, “3”, “2”, “1” or “R” position.
3. Turn ignition switch to “START” position.
Does the engine start in either position?
YES >> Stop the road test and go to AT-180, "Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” or “N” Position" .
NO >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK “P” POSITION FUNCTIONS

1. Move selector lever to “P” position.
2. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Push the vehicle forward or backward.
5. Engage the parking brake.
When you push the vehicle with disengaging the parking brake, does it move?
YES >> Enter a check mark at “In “P” Position Vehicle Moves When Pushed” on the diagnostics work-
sheet, then continue the road test.
NO >> GO TO 4.

Revision: October 2005 AT-54 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

4. CHECK “N” POSITION FUNCTIONS A

1. Start the engine.
2. Move selector lever to “N” position.
3. Release the parking brake. B
Does vehicle move forward or backward?
YES >> Enter a check mark at “In “N” Position Vehicle Moves” on the diagnostics worksheet, then con-
tinue the road test. AT
NO >> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK SHIFT SHOCK D

1. Engage the brake.

2. Move selector lever to “D” position. E
When the transmission is shifted from “N” to “D”, is there an excessive shock?
YES >> Enter a check mark at “Large Shock ("N" to "D" Position) on the diagnostics worksheet, then con-
tinue the road test. F
NO >> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK “R” POSITION FUNCTIONS

G
1. Engage the brake.
2. Move selector lever to “R” position.
3. Release the brake for 4 to 5 seconds. H
Does the vehicle creep backward?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In "R" Position” on the diagnostics I
worksheet, then continue the road test.

7. CHECK “D” POSITION FUNCTIONS J

Inspect whether the vehicle creeps forward when the transmission is put into the “D” position.
Does the vehicle creep forward in the “D” positions?
K
YES >> Go to AT-55, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-57, "Cruise Test - Part 2" , and AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part
3" .
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in "D" Position” on the diagnostics work-
sheet, then continue the road test. L

Cruise Test - Part 1 ECS00CEH

1. CHECK STARTING OUT FROM D1 M

1. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes to warm up the engine oil and ATF.
Appropriate temperature for the ATF: 50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F)
2. Park the vehicle on a level surface.
3. Move selector lever to “P” position.
4. Start the engine.
5. Move selector lever to “D” position.
6. Press the accelerator pedal about half way down to accelerate the vehicle.
With CONSULT-II
Read off the gear positions.
Starts from D1?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle Cannot be Started From D1” on the diagnostics worksheet, then
continue the road test.

Revision: October 2005 AT-55 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

2. CHECK SHIFT-UP D1 → D2
Press down the accelerator pedal about half way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D1 → D2) at the appropri-
ate speed.
● Refer to AT-59, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed.
Does the A/T shift-up D1 → D2 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
the road test.

3. CHECK SHIFT-UP D2 → D3
Press down the accelerator pedal about half way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D2 → D3) at the appropri-
ate speed.
● Refer to AT-59, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed.
Does the A/T shift-up D2 → D3 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
the road test.

4. CHECK SHIFT-UP D3 → D4
Press down the accelerator pedal about half way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D3 → D4) at the appropri-
ate speed.
● Refer to AT-59, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed.
Does the A/T shift-up D3 → D4 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
the road test.

5. CHECK SHIFT-UP D4 → D5
Press down the accelerator pedal about half way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D4 → D5) at the appropri-
ate speed.
● Refer to AT-59, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed.
Does the A/T shift-up D4 → D5 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D5” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
the road test.

Revision: October 2005 AT-56 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

6. CHECK LOCK-UP A
When releasing accelerator pedal from D5, check lock-up from D5 to L/U.
● Refer to AT-59, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
B
With CONSULT-II
Select “TCC SOLENOID 0.00A” with the “MAIN SIGNAL” mode for A/T.
Does it lock-up?
AT
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up” on the diagnostics worksheet, then con-
tinue the road test.
D
7. CHECK LOCK-UP HOLD

E
Does it maintain lock-up status?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition” on the diagnostics worksheet, then F
continue the road test.

8. CHECK LOCK-UP RELEASE G

Check lock-up cancellation by depressing brake pedal lightly to decelerate.
With CONSULT-II
Select “TCC SOLENOID 0.00A” with the “MAIN SIGNAL” mode for A/T. H
Does lock-up cancel?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Lock-up Is Not Released” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the I
road test.

9. CHECK SHIFT-DOWN D5 → D4 J
Decelerate by pressing lightly on the brake pedal.
With CONSULT-II
K
Read the gear position and engine speed.
When the A/T shift-down D5 → D4, does the engine speed drop smoothly back to idle?
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle. L
2. Go to Cruise test - Part 2 (Refer to AT-57 ).
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Engine Speed Does Not Return to Idle” on the diagnostics worksheet, then
continue the road test. Go to Cruise test - Part 2 (Refer to AT-57 ). M
Cruise Test - Part 2 ECS00CEI

1. CHECK STARTING FROM D1

1. Move selector lever the “D” position.
2. Accelerate at half throttle.
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position.
Does it start from D1?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1” on the diagnostics worksheet, then
continue the road test.

Revision: October 2005 AT-57 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

2. CHECK SHIFT-UP D1 → D2
Press the accelerator pedal down all the way and inspect whether or not the transmission shifts up (D1 → D2)
at the correct speed.
● Refer to AT-59, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed.
Does the A/T shift-up D1 → D2 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle Does Not Shift: D1 → D2” on the diagnostics worksheet, then con-
tinue the road test.

3. CHECK SHIFT-UP D2 → D3
Press the accelerator pedal down all the way and inspect whether or not the transmission shifts up (D2 → D3)
at the correct speed.
● Refer to AT-59, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed.
Does the A/T shift-up D2 → D3 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle Does Not Shift: D2 → D3” on the diagnostics worksheet, then con-
tinue the road test.

4. CHECK SHIFT-UP D3 → D4 AND ENGINE BRAKE

When the transmission changes speed D3 → D4, return the accelerator pedal.
Does the A/T shift-up D3 → D4 and apply the engine brake?
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle.
2. See AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle Does Not Shift: D3 → D4” on the diagnostics worksheet, then con-
tinue the road test.
Cruise Test - Part 3 ECS00CEJ

1. CHECK SHIFT-DOWN
During D5 driving, move gear selector from D → 4 → 3 → 2 → 1.
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position.
Is downshifting correctly performed?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle does not shift” at the corresponding position (5th → 4th, 4th → 3rd,
3rd → 2nd, 2nd → 1st) on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test.

2. CHECK ENGINE BRAKE

Does engine braking effectively reduce speed in 11 position?

YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Carry out the self-diagnostics. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake” on the diagnostics work-
sheet, then continue trouble diagnosis.

Revision: October 2005 AT-58 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears ECS00CEK

NORMAL MODE A
Final Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
gear Throttle position
ratio D1 →D2 D2 →D3 D3 →D4 D4 →D5 D5 →D4 D4 →D3 D3 →D2 D2 →D1 B
70 - 74 112 - 120 176 - 186 249 - 259 245 - 255 166 - 176 100 - 108 43 - 47
Full throttle
(44 - 46) (70 - 75) (110 - 116) (155 - 161) (152 - 159) (103 - 110) (62 - 67) (27 - 30)
2.937
46 - 50 74 - 82 103 - 113 135 - 145 109 - 119 69 - 79 44 - 52 11 - 15 AT
Half throttle
(28 - 31) (46 - 51) (64 - 70) (84 - 90) (68 - 74) (43 - 49) (27 - 32) (7 - 10)
61 - 65 97 - 105 153 - 163 236 - 246 232 - 242 143 - 153 87 - 95 43 - 47
Full throttle
(38 - 41) (61 - 66) (95 - 102) (147 - 153) (144 - 151) (89 - 95) (54 - 59) (27 - 29) D
3.357
41 - 45 66 - 74 89 - 99 117 - 127 95 - 105 59 - 69 38 - 46 11 - 15
Half throttle
(26 - 28) (41 - 46) (56 - 62) (73 - 79) (59 - 65) (37 - 43) (24 - 29) (7 - 10)
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening. E
TOW MODE
Final Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
F
gear Throttle position
ratio D1 →D2 D2 →D3 D3 →D4 D4 →D5 D5 →D4 D4 →D3 D3 →D2 D2 →D1

70 - 74 112 - 120 176 - 186 249 - 259 245 - 255 166 - 176 100 - 108 43 - 47
Full throttle G
(44 - 46) (70 - 75) (110 - 116) (155 - 161) (152 - 159) (103 - 110) (62 - 67) (27 - 30)
2.937
50 - 54 81 - 89 113 - 123 135 - 145 109 - 119 68 - 78 44 - 52 11 - 15
Half throttle
(31 - 34) (50 - 55) (70 - 76) (84 - 90) (68 - 74) (42 - 48) (27 - 32) (7 - 10)
61 - 65 97 - 105 153 - 163 236 - 246 232 - 242 143 - 153 87 - 95 43 - 47
H
Full throttle
(38 - 41) (61 - 66) (95 - 102) (147 - 153) (144 - 151) (89 - 95) (54 - 59) (27 - 29)
3.357
43 - 47 72 - 80 98 - 108 117 - 127 95 - 105 59 - 69 37 - 45 11 - 15
Half throttle
(27 - 29) (45 - 50) (61 - 67) (73 - 79) (59 - 65) (37 - 43) (23 - 28) (7 - 10) I
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Complete Lock-up ECS00CEL

J
Final Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
gear Throttle position
ratio Lock-up “ON” Lock-up “OFF”
K
Closed throttle 74 - 82 (46 - 51) 71 - 79 (45 - 49)
2.937
Half throttle 188 - 196 (117 - 122) 136 - 144 (85 - 90)
Closed throttle 65 - 73 (41 - 46) 62 - 70 (39 - 44)
L
3.357
Half throttle 168 - 176 (105 - 110) 118 - 126 (74 - 79)
● At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition.
M
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Slip Lock-up ECS00CEM

Final Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)

gear Throttle position Gear position
ratio Slip lock-up “ON” Slip lock-up “OFF”

4th 52 - 60 (33 - 38) 49 - 57 (31 - 36)

2.937 Closed throttle
5th 52 - 60 (33 - 38) 49 - 57 (31 - 36)
4th 46 - 54 (29 - 34) 43 - 51 (27 - 32)
3.357 Closed throttle
5th 46 - 54 (29 - 34) 43 - 51 (27 - 32)

● At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition.

Revision: October 2005 AT-59 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Symptom Chart ECS00CEN

● The diagnostics item numbers show the sequence for inspection. Inspect in order from item 1.
● Overhaul and inspect inside the A/T only if A/T fluid condition is NG. Refer to AT-50, "A/T FLUID
CHECK" .
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. Engine idle speed EC-77
2. Engine speed signal AT-113
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
4. Control cable adjustment AT-228
5. ATF temperature sensor AT-126
Large shock. (“N” →“ ON vehicle AT-160,
D” position) 6. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-144
1 Refer to AT-183,
"Large Shock (“N” to 7. CAN communication line AT-95
“D” Position)" .
8. Fluid level and state AT-50
9. Line pressure test AT-51
10. Control valve with TCM AT-231
11. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
OFF vehicle to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17 AT-262
.)
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
2. Control cable adjustment AT-228
AT-164,
3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-148
4. CAN communication line AT-95
Shift
Shock Shock is too large ON vehicle 5. Engine speed signal AT-113
2 when changing D1 →
D2 . 6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-131
AT-108,
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133
8. Fluid level and state AT-50
9. Control valve with TCM AT-231
OFF vehicle 10. Direct clutch AT-296
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
2. Control cable adjustment AT-228
3. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch sole- AT-166,
noid valve AT-152
4. CAN communication line AT-95
Shock is too large ON vehicle 5. Engine speed signal AT-113
3 when changing D2 →
D3 . 6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-131
AT-108,
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133
8. Fluid level and state AT-50
9. Control valve with TCM AT-231
OFF vehicle 10. High and low reverse clutch AT-294

Revision: October 2005 AT-60 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
2. Control cable adjustment AT-228
B
AT-162,
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-140
4. CAN communication line AT-95
AT
Shock is too large ON vehicle 5. Engine speed signal AT-113
4 when changing D3 →
D4 . 6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-131
AT-108, D
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133
8. Fluid level and state AT-50
9. Control valve with TCM AT-231 E
OFF vehicle 10. Input clutch AT-284
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
F
2. Control cable adjustment AT-228
AT-160,
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-144
G
4. CAN communication line AT-95
ON vehicle 5. Engine speed signal AT-113
Shock is too large
5 when changing D4 → 6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-131 H
Shift
D5 .
Shock AT-108,
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133
8. Fluid level and state AT-50 I
9. Control valve with TCM AT-231
10. Front brake (brake band) AT-250
OFF vehicle J
11. Input clutch AT-284
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
2. Control cable adjustment AT-228 K
3. CAN communication line AT-95
4. Engine speed signal AT-113
L
ON vehicle 5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-131
Shock is too large for AT-108,
downshift when accel- 6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
6 AT-133
erator pedal is M
pressed. 7. Fluid level and state AT-50
8. Control valve with TCM AT-231
9. Front brake (brake band) AT-250
10. Input clutch AT-284
OFF vehicle
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-294
12. Direct clutch AT-296

Revision: October 2005 AT-61 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
2. Control cable adjustment AT-228
3. Engine speed signal AT-113
4. CAN communication line AT-95
ON vehicle 5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-131

Shock is too large for AT-108,

6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
7 upshift when acceler- AT-133
ator pedal is released. 7. Fluid level and state AT-50
8. Control valve with TCM AT-231
9. Front brake (brake band) AT-250
10. Input clutch AT-284
OFF vehicle
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-294
12. Direct clutch AT-296
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
2. Control cable adjustment AT-228
3. Engine speed signal AT-113
Shift
4. CAN communication line AT-95
Shock
5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-131
Shock is too large for ON vehicle
8 AT-108,
lock-up. 6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133
7. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-115
8. Fluid level and state AT-50
9. Control valve with TCM AT-231
OFF vehicle 10. Torque converter AT-262
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
2. Control cable adjustment AT-228
ON vehicle 3. CAN communication line AT-95
4. Fluid level and state AT-50
Shock is too large
9 5. Control valve with TCM AT-231
during engine brake.
6. Front brake (brake band) AT-250
7. Input clutch AT-284
OFF vehicle
8. High and low reverse clutch AT-294
9. Direct clutch AT-296

Revision: October 2005 AT-62 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR B
AT-133
Gear does not change
AT-164,
from D1 → D2 . ON vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-148
10 Refer to AT-195, "A/T
Does Not Shift: D1 → 4. Line pressure test AT-51 AT
D2" .
5. CAN communication line AT-95
6. Control valve with TCM AT-231
D
OFF vehicle 7. Direct clutch AT-296
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
AT-108, E
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133
Gear does not change
3. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch sole- AT-166,
from D2 → D3 . ON vehicle
11 noid valve AT-152 F
Refer toAT-197, "A/T
Does Not Shift: D2 → 4. Line pressure test AT-51
D3" .
5. CAN communication line AT-95
G
6. Control valve with TCM AT-231
OFF vehicle 7. High and low reverse clutch AT-294
1. Fluid level and state AT-50 H
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
No Up AT-133
Shift AT-162, I
Gear does not change 3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-140
from D3 → D4 . ON vehicle
12 Refer toAT-199, "A/T AT-160,
4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
Does Not Shift: D3 → AT-144
J
D4" . 5. Line pressure test AT-51
6. CAN communication line AT-95
7. Control valve with TCM AT-231 K
OFF vehicle 8. Input clutch AT-284
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
L
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133
AT-160,
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve M
AT-144
Gear does not change AT-164,
ON vehicle 4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
from D4 → D5 . AT-148
13 Refer toAT-202, "A/T
Does Not Shift: D4 → 5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-131
D5" . 6. Line pressure test AT-51
7. CAN communication line AT-95
8. Control valve with TCM AT-231
9. Front brake (brake band) AT-262
OFF vehicle
10. Input clutch AT-284

Revision: October 2005 AT-63 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133
AT-160,
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
In “D” or "4" range, AT-144
does not downshift to ON vehicle
AT-164,
4th gear. 4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
14 AT-148
Refer to AT-210, "A/T
Does Not Shift: 5th 5. CAN communication line AT-95
gear → 4th gear" .
6. Line pressure test AT-51
7. Control valve with TCM AT-231
8. Front brake (brake band) AT-262
OFF vehicle
9. Input clutch AT-284
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133

In “D” or "3" range, AT-162,

3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
does not downshift to AT-140
3rd gear. ON vehicle
15 AT-160,
Refer toAT-213, "A/T 4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-144
Does Not Shift: 4th
gear → 3rd gear" . 5. CAN communication line AT-95
No Down 6. Line pressure test AT-51
Shift
7. Control valve with TCM AT-231
OFF vehicle 8. Input clutch AT-284
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133
In “D” or "2" range,
does not downshift to 3. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch sole- AT-166,
2nd gear. ON vehicle noid valve AT-152
16
Refer toAT-214, "A/T
4. CAN communication line AT-95
Does Not Shift: 3rd
gear → 2nd gear" . 5. Line pressure test AT-51
6. Control valve with TCM AT-231
OFF vehicle 7. High and low reverse clutch AT-294
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133
In “D” or "1" range,
does not downshift to AT-164,
ON vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
1st gear. AT-148
17
Refer toAT-216, "A/T
4. CAN communication line AT-95
Does Not Shift: 2nd
gear → 1st gear" . 5. Line pressure test AT-51
6. Control valve with TCM AT-231
OFF vehicle 7. Direct clutch AT-296

Revision: October 2005 AT-64 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR B
AT-133

ON vehicle 3. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-148

4. Line pressure test AT-51
AT
5. CAN communication line AT-95
6. Control valve with TCM AT-231

When “D” position, 7. 3rd one-way clutch AT-282 D

18
remains in 1st gear. 8. 1st one-way clutch AT-289
9. Gear system AT-250
E
10. Reverse brake AT-262
OFF vehicle 11. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-262
AT-16 , AT-17 .) F
Slips/Will
Not 12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
engage to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17 AT-262
.) G
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
AT-108 ,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR H
AT-133

ON vehicle 3. Low coast brake solenoid valve AT-156

4. Line pressure test AT-51
I
5. CAN communication line AT-95
When “D” position,
19 6. Control valve with TCM AT-231
remains in 2nd gear.
7. 3rd one-way clutch AT-282 J
8. Gear system AT-250

OFF vehicle 9. Direct clutch AT-296

K
10. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17 AT-262
.)
L

Revision: October 2005 AT-65 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133
ON vehicle
3. Line pressure test AT-51
4. CAN communication line AT-95
5. Control valve with TCM AT-231
When “D” position, 6. 3rd one-way clutch AT-282
20 remains in 3rd gear.
7. Gear system AT-250
8. High and low reverse clutch AT-294
9. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
OFF vehicle
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-262
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
10. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17 AT-262
.)
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
Slips/Will
Not AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
engage AT-133
AT-162,
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-140
AT-164,AT-
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
148
ON vehicle 5. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch sole- AT-166,
noid valve AT-152
When “D” position, 6. Low coast brake solenoid valve AT-156
21
remains in 4th gear.
7. Front brake solenoid valve AT-144
8. Line pressure test AT-51
9. CAN communication line AT-95
10. Control valve with TCM AT-231
11. Input clutch AT-284
12. Gear system AT-250
OFF vehicle
13. High and low reverse clutch AT-294
14. Direct clutch AT-296

Revision: October 2005 AT-66 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR B
AT-133
AT-160,
ON vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-144
4. Line pressure test AT-51 AT
When “D” position,
22 5. CAN communication line AT-95
remains in 5th gear.
6. Control valve with TCM AT-231
D
7. Front brake (brake band) AT-262
8. Input clutch AT-284
OFF vehicle
9. Gear system AT-250 E
10. High and low reverse clutch AT-294
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
F
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
ON vehicle 3. Line pressure test AT-51
4. CAN communication line AT-95 G
5. Control valve with TCM AT-231
6. Torque converter AT-262
Slips/Will H
Not Vehicle cannot be 7. Oil pump assembly AT-280
Engage started from D1 .
8. 3rd one-way clutch AT-282
23 Refer toAT-192, "Vehi-
cle Cannot Be Started 9. 1st one-way clutch AT-289 I
From D1" .
10. Gear system AT-250
OFF vehicle 11. Reverse brake AT-262
J
12. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-262
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible K
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17 AT-262
.)
1. Fluid level and state AT-50 L
2. Line pressure test AT-51
3. Engine speed signal AT-113
M
Does not lock-up. ON vehicle 4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-131
Refer to AT-204, "A/T
24 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-115
Does Not Perform
Lock-up" . 6. CAN communication line AT-95
7. Control valve with TCM AT-231
8. Torque converter AT-262
OFF vehicle
9. Oil pump assembly AT-280

Revision: October 2005 AT-67 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
2. Line pressure test AT-51
3. Engine speed signal AT-113
Does not hold lock-up
ON vehicle 4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-131
condition.
25 Refer toAT-206, "A/T 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-115
Does Not Hold Lock-
6. CAN communication line AT-95
up Condition" .
7. Control valve with TCM AT-231
8. Torque converter AT-262
OFF vehicle
9. Oil pump assembly AT-280
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
2. Line pressure test AT-51
3. Engine speed signal AT-113
Lock-up is not
ON vehicle 4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-131
released.
26 Refer toAT-208, 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-115
"Lock-up Is Not
6. CAN communication line AT-95
Released" .
Slips/Will 7. Control valve with TCM AT-231
Not 8. Torque converter AT-262
engage OFF vehicle
9. Oil pump assembly AT-280
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133
AT-164,
ON vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-148
4. CAN communication line AT-95
5. Line pressure test AT-51
No shock at all or the
clutch slips when 6. Control valve with TCM AT-231
27
vehicle changes 7. Torque converter AT-262
speed D1 → D2 .
8. Oil pump assembly AT-280
9. 3rd one-way clutch AT-282

OFF vehicle 10. Gear system AT-250

11. Direct clutch AT-296
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17 AT-262
.)

Revision: October 2005 AT-68 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR B
AT-133
3. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch sole- AT-166,
ON vehicle noid valve AT-152
4. CAN communication line AT-95 AT

5. Line pressure test AT-51

6. Control valve with TCM AT-231
D
No shock at all or the
7. Torque converter AT-262
clutch slips when
28
vehicle changes 8. Oil pump assembly AT-280
speed D2 → D3 . E
9. 3rd one-way clutch AT-282
10. Gear system AT-250
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-294
OFF vehicle F
12. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-262
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
G
Slips/Will 13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
Not to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17 AT-262
engage .)
1. Fluid level and state AT-50 H
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133
AT-162, I
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-140
ON vehicle
AT-160,
4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve J
AT-144
No shock at all or the 5. CAN communication line AT-95
clutch slips when
29 6. Line pressure test AT-51
vehicle changes K
speed D3 → D4 . 7. Control valve with TCM AT-231
8. Torque converter AT-262
9. Oil pump assembly AT-280 L
10. Input clutch AT-284
OFF vehicle
11. Gear system AT-250
M
12. High and low reverse clutch AT-294
13. Direct clutch AT-296

Revision: October 2005 AT-69 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133
AT-160,
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-144
ON vehicle
AT-164,
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-148
No shock at all or the 5. CAN communication line AT-95
clutch slips when
30 6. Line pressure test AT-51
vehicle changes
speed D4 → D5 . 7. Control valve with TCM AT-231
8. Torque converter AT-262
9. Oil pump assembly AT-280
10. Front brake (brake band) AT-262
OFF vehicle
11. Input clutch AT-284
12. Gear system AT-250
Slips/Will 13. High and low reverse clutch AT-294
Not
engage 1. Fluid level and state AT-50
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133
AT-160,
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-144
ON vehicle
AT-164,
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-148
When you press the
5. CAN communication line AT-95
accelerator pedal and
31 shift speed D5 → D4 6. Line pressure test AT-51
the engine idles or the
7. Control valve with TCM AT-231
transmission slips.
8. Torque converter AT-262
9. Oil pump assembly AT-280
10. Input clutch AT-284
OFF vehicle
11. Gear system AT-250
12. High and low reverse clutch AT-294
13. Direct clutch AT-296

Revision: October 2005 AT-70 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR B
AT-133
AT-162,
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-140
ON vehicle
AT-160, AT
4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-144
5. CAN communication line AT-95
D
6. Line pressure test AT-51
When you press the
accelerator pedal and 7. Control valve with TCM AT-231
32 shift speed D4 → D3 8. Torque converter AT-262 E
the engine idles or the
transmission slips. 9. Oil pump assembly AT-280
10. 3rd one-way clutch AT-282
11. Gear system AT-250 F
12. High and low reverse clutch AT-294
OFF vehicle
13. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
G
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-262
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
Slips/Will 14. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
Not to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17 AT-262 H
engage .)
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
AT-108, I
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133
3. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch sole- AT-166,
noid valve AT-152 J
ON vehicle
AT-164,
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-148
5. CAN communication line AT-95 K
When you press the
accelerator pedal and 6. Line pressure test AT-51
33 shift speed D3 → D2
7. Control valve with TCM AT-231
the engine idles or the L
transmission slips. 8. Torque converter AT-262
9. Oil pump assembly AT-280
10. 3rd one-way clutch AT-282 M
OFF vehicle 11. Gear system AT-250
12. Direct clutch AT-296
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17 AT-262
.)

Revision: October 2005 AT-71 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133
AT-164,
ON vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-148
4. CAN communication line AT-95
5. Line pressure test AT-51
6. Control valve with TCM AT-231
When you press the 7. Torque converter AT-262
accelerator pedal and
34 shift speed D2 → D1 8. Oil pump assembly AT-280
the engine idles or the 9. 3rd one-way clutch AT-282
transmission slips.
10. 1st one-way clutch AT-289
11. Gear system AT-250
OFF vehicle 12. Reverse brake AT-262
13. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-262
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
14. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
Slips/Will to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17 AT-262
Not .)
Engage
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
2. Line pressure test AT-51
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
ON vehicle 4. CAN communication line AT-95
5. PNP switch AT-104
6. Control cable adjustment AT-228
7. Control valve with TCM AT-231

With selector lever in 8. Torque converter AT-262

35 “D” position, accelera- 9. Oil pump assembly AT-280
tion is extremely poor.
10. 1st one-way clutch AT-289
11. Gear system AT-250
12. Reverse brake AT-262
OFF vehicle
13. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-262
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
14. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17 AT-262
.)

Revision: October 2005 AT-72 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
2. Line pressure test AT-51
B
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
4. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch sole- AT-166,
ON vehicle noid valve AT-152
AT
With selector lever in 5. CAN communication line AT-95
36 “R” position, accelera-
6. PNP switch AT-104
tion is extremely poor.
7. Control cable adjustment AT-228 D
8. Control valve with TCM AT-231
9. Gear system AT-250
E
OFF vehicle 10. Output shaft AT-262
11. Reverse brake AT-262
1. Fluid level and state AT-50 F
2. Line pressure test AT-51
ON vehicle 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
4. CAN communication line AT-95
G

5. Control valve with TCM AT-231

6. Torque converter AT-262 H
7. Oil pump assembly AT-280
While starting off by
accelerating in 1st, 8. 3rd one-way clutch AT-282
37
Slips/Will engine races or slip- I
9. 1st one-way clutch AT-289
Not page occurs.
Engage 10. Gear system AT-250
OFF vehicle 11. Reverse brake AT-262
J
12. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-262
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
K
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17 AT-262
.)
1. Fluid level and state AT-50 L
2. Line pressure test AT-51
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
M
ON vehicle 4. CAN communication line AT-95
AT-164,
5. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-148

While accelerating in 6. Control valve with TCM AT-231

38 2nd, engine races or 7. Torque converter AT-262
slippage occurs.
8. Oil pump assembly AT-280
9. 3rd one-way clutch AT-282

OFF vehicle 10. Gear system AT-250

11. Direct clutch AT-296
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17 AT-262
.)

Revision: October 2005 AT-73 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
2. Line pressure test AT-51
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
ON vehicle 4. CAN communication line AT-95
5. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch sole- AT-166,
noid valve AT-152
6. Control valve with TCM AT-231
7. Torque converter AT-262
While accelerating in
39 3rd, engine races or 8. Oil pump assembly AT-280
slippage occurs.
9. 3rd one-way clutch AT-282
10. Gear system AT-250
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-294
OFF vehicle
12. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-262
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
Slips/Will
Not 13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
Engage to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17 AT-262
.)
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
2. Line pressure test AT-51
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
ON vehicle 4. CAN communication line AT-95
AT-162,
5. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-140
While accelerating in
40 4th, engine races or 6. Control valve with TCM AT-231
slippage occurs. 7. Torque converter AT-262
8. Oil pump assembly AT-280
9. Input clutch AT-284
OFF vehicle
10. Gear system AT-250
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-294
12. Direct clutch AT-296

Revision: October 2005 AT-74 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
2. Line pressure test AT-51
B
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
ON vehicle 4. CAN communication line AT-95
AT-160, AT
5. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-144
While accelerating in
41 5th, engine races or 6. Control valve with TCM AT-231
slippage occurs. 7. Torque converter AT-262 D
8. Oil pump assembly AT-280
9. Front brake (brake band) AT-262
OFF vehicle E
10. Input clutch AT-284
11. Gear system AT-250
12. High and low reverse clutch AT-294 F
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
2. Line pressure test AT-51
3. Engine speed signal AT-113
G

ON vehicle 4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-131

42 Slips at lock-up. 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-115 H
6. CAN communication line AT-95
7. Control valve with TCM AT-231
Slips/Will I
8. Torque converter AT-262
Not OFF vehicle
Engage 9. Oil pump assembly AT-280
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
J
2. Line pressure test AT-51
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
AT-164, K
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
ON vehicle AT-148
5. PNP switch AT-104
6. CAN communication line AT-95 L

No creep at all. 7. Control cable adjustment AT-228

Refer toAT-187, "Vehi- 8. Control valve with TCM AT-231
cle Does Not Creep M
Backward In “R” Posi- 9. Torque converter AT-262
43
tion" , AT-190, "Vehi- 10. Oil pump assembly AT-280
cle Does Not Creep
Forward In “D” Posi- 11. 1st one-way clutch AT-289
tion" 12. Gear system AT-250
13. Reverse brake AT-262
OFF vehicle 14. Direct clutch AT-296
15. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-262
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
16. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17 AT-262
.)

Revision: October 2005 AT-75 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
2. Line pressure test AT-51
ON vehicle 3. PNP switch AT-104

Vehicle cannot run in 4. Control cable adjustment AT-228

44
all positions. 5. Control valve with TCM AT-231
6. Oil pump assembly AT-280
OFF vehicle 7. Gear system AT-250
8. Output shaft AT-262
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
2. Line pressure test AT-51
ON vehicle 3. PNP switch AT-104
4. Control cable adjustment AT-228
5. Control valve with TCM AT-231
6. Torque converter AT-262

Slips/Will With selector lever in 7. Oil pump assembly AT-280

45 Not “D” position, driving is 8. 1st one-way clutch AT-289
Engage not possible.
9. Gear system AT-250
10. Reverse brake AT-262
OFF vehicle
11. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-262
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17 AT-262
.)
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
2. Line pressure test AT-51
ON vehicle 3. PNP switch AT-104
With selector lever in 4. Control cable adjustment AT-228
46 “R” position, driving is
not possible. 5. Control valve with TCM AT-231
6. Gear system AT-250
OFF vehicle 7. Output shaft AT-262
8. Reverse brake AT-262
AT-108,
1. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
Shift point is high in
47 Others ON vehicle
“D” position. 3. CAN communication line AT-95
4. ATF temperature sensor AT-126
5. Control valve with TCM AT-231

Revision: October 2005 AT-76 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
AT-108,
1. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133

48
Shift point is low in “D”
ON vehicle 2. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123 B
position.
3. CAN communication line AT-95
4. Control valve with TCM AT-231
AT
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
2. Engine speed signal AT-113
3. Turbine revolution sensor AT-131 D
AT-108,
4. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
ON vehicle AT-133
Judder occurs during
49 E
lock-up. 5. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
6. CAN communication line AT-95
7. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-115
F
8. Control valve with TCM AT-231
OFF vehicle 9. Torque converter AT-262
1. Fluid level and state AT-50 G
2. Engine speed signal AT-113
ON vehicle
3. CAN communication line AT-95
H
4. Control valve with TCM AT-231
Strange noise in “R”
50 5. Torque converter AT-262
position.
Others 6. Oil pump assembly AT-280 I
OFF vehicle 7. Gear system AT-250
8. High and low reverse clutch AT-294
J
9. Reverse brake AT-262
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
2. Engine speed signal AT-113 K
ON vehicle
3. CAN communication line AT-95
Strange noise in “N”
51 4. Control valve with TCM AT-231
position.
5. Torque converter AT-262 L
OFF vehicle 6. Oil pump assembly AT-280
7. Gear system AT-250
M
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
2. Engine speed signal AT-113
ON vehicle
3. CAN communication line AT-95
4. Control valve with TCM AT-231
Strange noise in “D” 5. Torque converter AT-262
52
position.
6. Oil pump assembly AT-280

OFF vehicle 7. Gear system AT-250

8. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17 AT-262
.)

Revision: October 2005 AT-77 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. PNP switch AT-104
2. Fluid level and state AT-50
3. Control cable adjustment AT-228
Vehicle dose not
decelerate by engine ON vehicle 4. 1st position switch AT-219
brake. 5. ATF pressure switch 5 AT-164
53 Refer to AT-219,
"Vehicle Does Not 6. CAN communication line AT-95
Decelerate By Engine 7. Control valve with TCM AT-231
Brake" .
8. Input clutch AT-284
OFF vehicle 9. High and low reverse clutch AT-294
10. Direct clutch AT-296
1. PNP switch AT-104
2. Fluid level and state AT-50
3. Control cable adjustment AT-228
ON vehicle
5. ATF pressure switch 6 AT-166
Engine brake does
54 Others not operate in “2” 6. CAN communication line AT-95
position.
7. Control valve with TCM AT-231
8. Front brake (brake band) AT-262
OFF vehicle 9. Input clutch AT-284
10. High and low reverse clutch AT-294
1. PNP switch AT-104
2. Fluid level and state AT-50
3. Control cable adjustment AT-228
ON vehicle 4. 1st position switch AT-219
Engine brake does 5. ATF pressure switch 5 AT-164
55 not operate in “1”
position. 6. CAN communication line AT-95
7. Control valve with TCM AT-231
8. Input clutch AT-284
OFF vehicle 9. High and low reverse clutch AT-294
10. Direct clutch AT-296

Revision: October 2005 AT-78 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
2. Line pressure test AT-51
B
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123
ON vehicle
4. CAN communication line AT-95
5. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-148 AT
6. Control valve with TCM AT-231
7. Torque converter AT-262
D
8. Oil pump assembly AT-280
56 Maximum speed low. 9. Input clutch AT-284
10. Gear system AT-250 E
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-294
OFF vehicle 12. Direct clutch AT-296
13. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is F
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-262
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
14 Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible G
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17 AT-262
.)
1. Engine idle speed EC-77 H
Others
Extremely large ON vehicle 2. CAN communication line AT-95
57
creep. 3. ATF pressure switch 5 AT-164
OFF vehicle 4. Torque converter AT-262 I
With selector lever in 1. PNP switch AT-104
“P” position, vehicle ON vehicle
2. Control cable adjustment AT-228
does not enter parking J
condition or, with
selector lever in
another position, park-
58 K
ing condition is not
cancelled. OFF vehicle 3. Parking pawl components AT-250
Refer to AT-181, "In
“P” Position, Vehicle
L
Moves When Pushed"
.
1. PNP switch AT-104
M
2. Fluid level and state AT-50
Vehicle runs with ON vehicle 3. Control cable adjustment AT-228
59 transmission in “P”
position. 4. Control valve with TCM AT-231
5. Parking pawl components AT-250
OFF vehicle 6. Gear system AT-250

Revision: October 2005 AT-79 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. PNP switch AT-104
2. Fluid level and state AT-50
ON vehicle
3. Control cable adjustment AT-228
4. Control valve with TCM AT-231

Vehicle runs with 5. Input clutch AT-284

transmission in “N” 6. Gear system AT-250
position.
60 7. Direct clutch AT-296
Refer to AT-182, "In
“N” Position, Vehicle 8. Reverse brake AT-262
Moves" .
OFF vehicle 9. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-262
AT-16 , AT-17 .)
10. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-16 , AT-17 AT-262
.)
Engine does not start PG-4, SC-
1. Ignition switch and starter
in “N” or “P” position. 10
Refer to AT-180,
61 ON vehicle 2. Control cable adjustment AT-228
"Engine Cannot Be
Started In “P” or “N”
3. PNP switch AT-104
Position" .
Others PG-4, SC-
1. Ignition switch and starter
Engine starts in posi- 10
62 tions other than “N” or ON vehicle
2. Control cable adjustment AT-228
“P”.
3. PNP switch AT-104
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
2. Engine speed signal AT-113
3. Turbine revolution sensor AT-131
ON vehicle
63 Engine stall. 4. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-115
5. CAN communication line AT-95
6. Control valve with TCM AT-231
OFF vehicle 7. Torque converter AT-262
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
2. Engine speed signal AT-113
3. Turbine revolution sensor AT-131
Engine stalls when ON vehicle
64 select lever shifted “N” 4. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-115
→ “D”, “R”.
5. CAN communication line AT-95
6. Control valve with TCM AT-231
OFF vehicle 7. Torque converter AT-262

Revision: October 2005 AT-80 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. Fluid level and state AT-50
AT-164,
2. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve B
AT-148
AT-160,
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-144
Engine speed does
not return to idle.
ON vehicle
4. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-123 AT
65 Others Refer to AT-209,
AT-108,
"Engine Speed Does 5. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-133
Not Return to Idle" .
D
6. CAN communication line AT-95
7. Control valve with TCM AT-231
8. Front brake (brake band) AT-262 E
OFF vehicle
9. Direct clutch AT-296

Revision: October 2005 AT-81 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values ECS00CEO

A/T ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT

SCIA1658E

TCM INSPECTION TABLE

Data are reference value and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Terminal Wire
Item Condition Data (Pyrex.)
No. color
Power supply
1 P Always Battery voltage
(Memory back-up)
Power supply
2 P Always Battery voltage
(Memory back-up)
3 L CAN-H – –
K-line (CONSULT-
4 V The terminal is connected to the data link connector for CONSULT-II. –
II signal)
5 B Ground Always 0V

– Battery voltage

6 Y/R Power supply

– 0V

Selector lever in “R” position. 0V

Back-up lamp
7 R
relay Selector lever in other positions. Battery voltage

8 P CAN-L – –
Selector lever in “N”,“ P” positions. Battery voltage
9 B/R Starter relay
Selector lever in other positions. 0V

10 B Ground Always 0V

Revision: October 2005 AT-82 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

CONSULT-II Function (A/T) ECS00CEP

A
CONSULT-II can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
TCM diagnostic mode Description
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the TCM for setting the status B
WORK SUPPORT suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the TCM and received data is
displayed.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS Displays TCM self-diagnosis results.
AT
DATA MONITOR Displays TCM input/output data in real time.
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
ACTIVE TEST Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them. D
Conducted by CONSULT-II instead of a technician to determine whether each system is “OK” or
FUNCTION TEST
“NG”.
ECU PART NUMBER TCM part number can be read.
E

CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE

NOTICE: F
1. The CONSULT-II electrically displays shift timing and lock-up timing (that is, operation timing of each sole-
noid).
Check for time difference between actual shift timing and the CONSULT-II display. If the difference is G
noticeable, mechanical parts (except solenoids, sensors, etc.) may be malfunctioning. Check mechanical
parts using applicable diagnostic procedures.
2. Shift schedule (which implies gear position) displayed on CONSULT-II and that indicated in Service Man- H
ual may differ slightly. This occurs because of the following reasons:
– Actual shift schedule has more or less tolerance or allowance,
– Shift schedule indicated in Service Manual refers to the point where shifts start, and I
– Gear position displayed on CONSULT-II indicates the point where shifts are completed.
3. Display of solenoid valves on CONSULT-II changes at the start of shifting, while gear position is displayed
upon completion of shifting (which is computed by TCM). J
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
ATF TEMP SE 1 2.2 - 1.8 - 0.6 V
0°C (32° F) - 20°C (68°F) - 80°C (176°F) K
ATF TEMP SE 2 2.2 - 1.7 - 0.45 V
When perform slip lock-up 0.2 - 0.4 A
TCC SOLENOID
When perform lock-up 0.4 - 0.6 A L
Selector lever in “N”,“P” position. N/P
Selector lever in “R” position. R
M
Selector lever in “D” position. D
SLCT LVR POSI Selector lever in “4” position. 4
Selector lever in “3” position. 3
Selector lever in “2” position. 2
Selector lever in “1” position. 1
Approximately matches the
VHCL/S SE·A/T During driving
speedometer reading.
Closely matches the tachometer
ENGINE SPEED Engine running
reading.
LINE PRES SOL During driving 0.2 - 0.6 A
Approximately matches the
TURBINE REV During driving (lock-up ON)
engine speed.
Approximately matches the
VHCL/S SE·MTR During driving
speedometer reading.

Revision: October 2005 AT-83 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)

Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 ON
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 OFF
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 ON
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 OFF
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 ON
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 OFF
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 ON
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 OFF
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 ON
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 OFF
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 0.6 - 0.8 A
I/C SOLENOID
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 0 - 0.05 A
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 0.6 - 0.8 A
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 0 - 0.05 A
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 0.6 - 0.8 A
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 0 - 0.05 A
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 0.6 - 0.8 A
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 0 - 0.05 A
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 ON
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 OFF
Selector lever in “N”,“P” position. ON
STARTER RELAY
Selector lever in other position. OFF
Released accelerator pedal. 0.0/8
ACCELE POSI
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8/8
Released accelerator pedal. 0.0/8
THROTTLE POSI
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8/8
Released accelerator pedal. ON
CLSD THL POS
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. OFF
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. ON
W/O THL POS
Released accelerator pedal. OFF
Depressed brake pedal. ON
BRAKE SW
Released brake pedal. OFF

Revision: October 2005 AT-84 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE

CAUTION: A
If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be
detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
● For details, refer to the separate “CONSULT-II Operations Man- B
ual”.
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data AT
link connector, which is located in instrument lower panel on
driver side.
D

BBIA0369E E

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)

4. Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”. F

BCIA0029E I

5. Touch “A/T”.
If “A/T” is not indicated, go to GI-39, "CONSULT-II Data Link
J
Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service
procedure.
K

BCIA0030E

M
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE
Operation Procedure
After performing AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , place check marks for results on the AT-45,
"DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" . Reference pages are provided following the items.
1. Perform “CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE” Refer to AT-85, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
2. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Display shows malfunction experienced since the last erasing
operation.

BCIA0031E

Revision: October 2005 AT-85 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Display Items List

X: Applicable, —: Not applicable
TCM self-
OBD-II (DTC)
diagnosis

Items (CONSULT-II MIL indicator

Malfunction is detected when... lamp*1,
screen terms) “A/T” with
“ENGINE” with
CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II or
GST
CAN COMM CIRCUIT ● When a malfunction is detected in CAN communications U1000 U1000
● If this signal is ON other than in P or N position, this is judged to be a
STARTER RELAY/ malfunction.
P0615 —
CIRC (And if it is OFF in P or N position, this too is judged to be a malfunc-
tion.)
TCM ● TCM is malfunctioning. P0700 P0700
● PNP switch 1-4 signals input with impossible pattern
PNP SW/CIRC ● “P” position is detected from N position without any other position P0705 P0705
being detected in between.
● Signal from vehicle speed sensor A/T (Revolution sensor) not input
due to cut line or the like
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT
● Unexpected signal input during running P0720 P0720
(Revolution sensor)
● After ignition switch is turned ON, unexpected signal input from vehicle
speed sensor MTR before the vehicle starts moving
ENGINE SPEED SIG ● TCM does not receive the CAN communication signal from the ECM. P0725 —
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC ● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line, short, or the like P0740 P0740
● A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good.
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN ● TCM detects as irregular by comparing difference value with slip rota- P0744 P0744*2
tion.
● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line, short, or the like
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 P0745
● TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
TCM·RAM ● TCM memory (RAM) is malfunctioning. P1702 —
TCM·ROM ● TCM memory (ROM) is malfunctioning. P1703 —
● TCM does not receive the proper accelerator pedal position signals
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 P1705
(input by CAN communication) from ECM.
● During running, the ATF temperature sensor signal voltage is exces-
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P1710 P0710
sively high or low
● TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
TURBINE REV S/CIRC ● TCM detects an irregularity only at position of 4th gear for turbine revo- P1716 P1716
lution sensor 2.
● Signal (CAN communication) from vehicle speed sensor MTR not input
VEH SPD SE/CIR·MTR due to cut line or the like P1721 —
● Unexpected signal input during running
● Except during shift change, the gear position and ATF pressure switch
A/T INTERLOCK P1730 P1730
states are monitored and comparative judgement made.
● Each ATF pressure switch and solenoid current is monitored and if a
A/T 1ST E/BRAKING pattern is detected having engine braking 1st gear other than in the "1" P1731 —
position, a malfunction is detected.
● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional malfunction,
I/C SOLENOID/CIRC cut line, short, or the like P1752 P1752
● TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.

Revision: October 2005 AT-86 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TCM self-
OBD-II (DTC)
diagnosis A
Items (CONSULT-II MIL indicator
Malfunction is detected when... lamp*1,
screen terms) “A/T” with
“ENGINE” with B
CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II or
GST
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between
gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular during
AT
depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
I/C SOLENOID FNCTN P1754 P1754*2
● TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF
pressure switch 3 is irregular during releasing accelerator pedal. D
(Other than during shift change)
● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional malfunction,
FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC cut line, short, or the like P1757 P1757 E
● TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between
gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular during
F
FR/B SOLENOID depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
P1759 P1759*2
FNCT ● TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF
pressure switch 1 is irregular during releasing accelerator pedal.
(Other than during shift change) G
● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line, short, or the like
D/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1762 P1762
● TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
H
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between
gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular during
D/C SOLENOID depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
P1764 P1764*2
FNCTN ● TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF I
pressure switch 5 is irregular during releasing accelerator pedal.
(Other than during shift change)
● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional malfunction, J
HLR/C SOL/CIRC cut line, short, or the like P1767 P1767
● TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between K
gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular during
depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
HLR/C SOL FNCTN P1769 P1769*2
● TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF
pressure switch 6 is irregular during releasing accelerator pedal. L
(Other than during shift change)
● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional malfunction,
LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1772 P1772
cut line, short, or the like M
● TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the
solenoid valve.
LC/B SOLENOID FNCT P1774 P1774*2
● Condition of ATF pressure switch 2 is different from monitor value, and
relation between gear position and actual gear ratio is irregular.
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between
ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular during P1841 —
depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between
ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular during P1843 —
depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between
ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular during P1845 —
depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)

Revision: October 2005 AT-87 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TCM self-
OBD-II (DTC)
diagnosis

Items (CONSULT-II MIL indicator

Malfunction is detected when... lamp*1,
screen terms) “A/T” with
“ENGINE” with
CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II or
GST
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between
ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular during P1846 —
depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
NO DTC IS
DETECTED FUR-
● No NG item has been detected. X X
THER TESTING MAY
BE REQUIRED
*1: Refer to EC-64, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" .
*2:These malfunctions cannot be displayed MIL if another malfunction is assigned to MIL.

How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results

1. Perform “CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE” Refer to AT-85, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
2. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.

BCIA0031E

3. Touch ”ERASE”. (The self-diagnostic results will be erased.)

PCIA0061E

Revision: October 2005 AT-88 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

DATA MONITOR MODE

Operation Procedure A
1. Perform “CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE”. Refer to AT-85, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE"
.
2. Touch “DATA MONITOR”. B
NOTE:
When malfunction is detected, CONSULT-II performs
“REAL-TIME DIAGNOSIS”. Also, any malfunction detected AT
while in this mode will be displayed at real time.

BCIA0031E
E

Display Items List

X: Standard, —: Not applicable
F
Monitor Item Selection
SELEC-
Monitored item (Unit) ECU Remarks
MAIN SIG- TION
INPUT G
NALS FROM
SIGNALS
MENU
VHCL/S SE·A/T (km/h) X X X Revolution sensor
VHCL/S SE·MTR (km/h) X — X
H

ACCELE POSI (0.0/8) X — X Accelerator pedal position signal

Degree of opening for accelerator recognized by
I
the TCM
THROTTLE POSI (0.0/8) X X X
For fail-safe operation, the specific value used
for control is displayed.
CLSD THL POS (ON-OFF display) X — X J
Signal input with CAN communications
W/O THL POS (ON-OFF display) X — X
BRAKE SW (ON-OFF display) X — X Stop lamp switch
K
Gear position recognized by the TCM updated
GEAR — X X
after gear-shifting
ENGINE SPEED (rpm) X X X L
TURBINE REV (rpm) X X X
OUTPUT REV (rpm) X X X
GEAR RATIO — X X M
Difference between engine speed and torque
TC SLIP SPEED (rpm) — X X
converter input shaft speed
F SUN GR REV (rpm) — — X
F CARR GR REV (rpm) — — X
ATF TEMP SE 1 (V) X — X
ATF TEMP SE 2 (V) X — X
ATF TEMP 1 (°C) — X X
ATF TEMP 2 (°C) — X X
BATTERY VOLT (V) X — X
ATF PRES SW 1 (ON-OFF display) X X X (for FR/B solenoid)
ATF PRES SW 2 (ON-OFF display) X X X (for LC/B solenoid)
ATF PRES SW 3 (ON-OFF display) X X X (for I/C solenoid)
ATF PRES SW 5 (ON-OFF display) X X X (for D/C solenoid)

Revision: October 2005 AT-89 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Monitor Item Selection

SELEC-
Monitored item (Unit) ECU Remarks
MAIN SIG- TION
INPUT
NALS FROM
SIGNALS
MENU
ATF PRES SW 6 (ON-OFF display) X X X (for HLR/C solenoid)
PNP SW 1 (ON-OFF display) X — X
PNP SW 2 (ON-OFF display) X — X
PNP SW 3 (ON-OFF display) X — X
PNP SW 4 (ON-OFF display) X — X
Selector lever position is recognized by the
TCM.
SLCT LVR POSI — X X
For fail-safe operation, the specific value used
for control is displayed.
1 POSITION SW (ON-OFF display) X — X 1st position switch
OD CONT SW (ON-OFF display) X — X 4th position switch
POWERSHIFT SW (ON-OFF display) X — X
HOLD SW (ON-OFF display) X — X
MANU MODE SW (ON-OFF display) X — X
NON M-MODE SW (ON-OFF display) X — X
Not mounted but displayed.
UP SW LEVER (ON-OFF display) X — X
DOWN SW LEVER (ON-OFF display) X — X
SFT UP ST SW (ON-OFF display) — — X
SFT DWN ST SW (ON-OFF display) — — X
ASCD-OD CUT (ON-OFF display) — — X
ASCD-CRUISE (ON-OFF display) — — X
ABS SIGNAL (ON-OFF display) — — X
ACC OD CUT (ON-OFF display) — — X
ICC (Intelligent cruise control)
ACC SIGNAL (ON-OFF display) — — X
TCS GR/P KEEP (ON-OFF display) — — X
TCS SIGNAL 2 (ON-OFF display) — — X
TCS SIGNAL 1 (ON-OFF display) — — X
TCC SOLENOID (A) — X X
LINE PRES SOL (A) — X X
I/C SOLENOID (A) — X X
FR/B SOLENOID (A) — X X
D/C SOLENOID (A) — X X
HLR/C SOL (A) — X X
ON OFF SOL (ON-OFF display) — — X LC/B solenoid
TCC SOL MON (A) — — X
L/P SOL MON (A) — — X
I/C SOL MON (A) — — X
FR/B SOL MON (A) — — X
D/C SOL MON (A) — — X
HLR/C SOL MON (A) — — X
ONOFF SOL MON (ON-OFF display) — — X LC/B solenoid
P POSI IND (ON-OFF display) — — X

Revision: October 2005 AT-90 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Monitor Item Selection

A
SELEC-
Monitored item (Unit) ECU Remarks
MAIN SIG- TION
INPUT
NALS FROM
SIGNALS
MENU B
R POSI IND (ON-OFF display) — — X
N POSI IND (ON-OFF display) — — X
D POSI IND (ON-OFF display) — — X AT
4TH POSI IND (ON-OFF display) — — X
3RD POSI IND (ON-OFF display) — — X
D
2ND POSI IND (ON-OFF display) — — X
1ST POSI IND (ON-OFF display) — — X
MANU MODE IND (ON-OFF display) — — X E
Not mounted but displayed.
POWER M LAMP (ON-OFF display) — — X
F-SAFE IND/L (ON-OFF display) — — X
F
ATF WARN LAMP (ON-OFF display) — — X
BACK-UP LAMP (ON-OFF display) — — X
STARTER RELAY (ON-OFF display) — — X G
PNP SW3 MON (ON-OFF display) — — X
C/V CLB ID1 — — X
H
C/V CLB ID2 — — X
C/V CLB ID3 — — X
UNIT CLB ID1 — — X I
UNIT CLB ID2 — — X
UNIT CLB ID3 — — X
J
TRGT GR RATIO — — X
TRGT PRES TCC (kPa) — — X
TRGT PRES L/P (kPa) — — X K
TRGT PRES I/C (kPa) — — X
TRGT PRE FR/B (kPa) — — X
TRGT PRES D/C (kPa) — — X L
TRG PRE HLR/C (kPa) — — X
SHIFT PATTERN — — X
M
DRV CST JUDGE — — X
START RLY MON — — X
NEXT GR POSI — — X
SHIFT MODE — — X
MANU GR POSI — — X
VEHICLE SPEED (km/h) — X X Vehicle speed recognized by the TCM.
Displays the value measured by the voltage
Voltage (V) — — X
probe.
Frequency (Hz) — — X
DUTY-HI (high) (%) — — X
The value measured by the pulse probe is dis-
DUTY-LOW (low) (%) — — X
played.
PLS WIDTH-HI (ms) — — X
PLS WIDTH-LOW (ms) — — X

Revision: October 2005 AT-91 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE

Operation Procedure
1. Perform “CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE”. Refer to AT-85, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE"
.
2. Touch “DTC WORK SUPPORT”.

BCIA0031E

3. Touch select item menu.

SCIA0512E

4. Touch “START”.

SCIA5159E

5. Perform driving test according to “DTC CONFIRMATION PRO-

CEDURE” in “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.

SCIA5160E

Revision: October 2005 AT-92 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

● When testing conditions are satisfied, CONSULT-II screen

changes from “OUT OF CONDITION” to “TESTING”. A

AT

SCIA5161E

D
6. Stop vehicle.

G
SCIA5164E

● If “NG” appears on the screen, malfunction may exist. Go H

to “Diagnostic Procedure”.

SCIA5162E K

7. Perform test drive to check gear shift feeling in accordance with

instructions displayed. L
8. Touch “YES” or “NO”.
9. CONSULT-II procedure is ended.
M

SCIA5163E

Revision: October 2005 AT-93 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

● If “NG” appears on the screen, a malfunction may exist.

Go to “Diagnostic Procedure”.

SCIA5162E

Display Items List

DTC work support item Description Check item
I/C SOL FUNCTN CHECK* — —
FR/B SOL FUNCTN CHECK* — —
D/C SOL FUNCTN CHECK* — —
HLR/C SOL FUNCTN CHECK* — —
LC/B SOL FUNCTN CHECK* — —
Following items for “TCC solenoid function (lock-up) ” can be con-
firmed.
● TCC solenoid valve
TCC SOL FUNCTN CHECK ● Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted
or not) ● Hydraulic control circuit

● Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)

*: Do not use, but displayed.

Revision: October 2005 AT-94 2005 QX56

 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710

A
Description ECS00CEQ

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent malfunction detection ability. B
Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links
with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are con-
nected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission
with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. AT

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CER

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. D

● Diagnostic trouble code “U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM cannot
communicate to other control units.
E
Possible Cause ECS00CES

Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.) F
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CET

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF” G
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
H
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
I
3. Start engine and wait for at least 6 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-98, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
J

BCIA0030E

WITH GST L
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.

Revision: October 2005 AT-95 2005 QX56

 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Wiring Diagram — AT — CAN ECS00CEU

BCWA0320E

Revision: October 2005 AT-96 2005 QX56

 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Terminal Wire color Item Condition Data (Approx.) A
3 L CAN-H – –
8 P CAN-L – –
B

AT

Revision: October 2005 AT-97 2005 QX56

 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CEV

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and start engine.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
Is any malfunction of the “CAN COMM CIRCUIT” indicated?
YES >> Print out CONSULT-II screen, GO TO LAN section.
Refer to LAN-3, "Precautions When Using CONSULT-II"
.
NO >> INSPECTION END

PCIA0061E

Revision: October 2005 AT-98 2005 QX56

 DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT

DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT PFP:25230

A
Description ECS00CEW

● TCM prohibits cranking other than at “P” or “N” position.

B
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CEX

Item name Condition Display value

Selector lever in “N”,“P” position. ON AT
STARTER RELAY
Selector lever in other position. OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CEY D

● This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
● Diagnostic trouble code “P0615 STARTER RELAY/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected when park/neutral
(PNP) relay (starter relay) is switched “ON” other than at “P” or “N” position. (Or when switched “OFF” at E
“P” or “N” position).
Possible Cause ECS00CEZ
F
● Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) relay (starter relay) and TCM circuit is open or shorted.]
● Park/neutral position (PNP) relay (starter relay) G
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CF0

NOTE:
H
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
I
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. J
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle for at least 2 consecutive seconds.
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-101, "Diagnostic Procedure" . K

BCIA0030E

Revision: October 2005 AT-99 2005 QX56

 DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT

Wiring Diagram — AT — STSIG ECS00CF1

BCWA0321E

Revision: October 2005 AT-100 2005 QX56

 DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT

TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.

Terminal Wire color Item Data (Approx.) A

Condition
Selector lever in "N" and "P" positions. Battery voltage
9 B/R Starter relay B
Selector lever in other positions. 0V

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CF2

AT
1. CHECK STARTER RELAY
With CONSULT-II
D
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and check monitor “STARTER
RELAY” ON/OFF. E

Item name Condition Display value

Selector lever in "N'', "P'' positions. ON F
STARTER RELAY
Selector lever in other positions. OFF

G
PCIA0056E

Without CONSULT-II
H
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between the IPDM E/R connector and ground.
Terminal I
Item Connector Shift position Voltage (Approx.)
(Wirer color)

Starter 48 "N'' and "P'' Battery voltage

E122 Ground
relay (B/R) "R'' and "D'' 0V J

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
K
NG >> GO TO 2. LCIA0320E

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN A/T ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR AND IPDM E/R CONEC- L
TOR.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector and IPDM E/R M
connector.
Terminal
Item Connector Continuity
(Wire color)
A/T assembly harness con-
F9 9 (B/R)
nector Yes
IPDM E/R connector E122 48 (B/R)

3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and

WCIA0427E
IPDM E/R connector.
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: October 2005 AT-101 2005 QX56

 DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT

3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY

1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2" .
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector and TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector ter-
minal and TCM connector terminal.
Terminal (Wire
Item Connector Continuity
Color)
A/T assembly harness con-
F9 9 (G)
nector Yes
TCM connector F502 8 (G)

4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.

5. Reinstall any part removed.
SCIA5440E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following items:
● Starter relay, Refer to SC-10, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
● IPDM E/R, Refer to PG-17, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE
ROOM)" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2"
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-99, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-102 2005 QX56

 DTC P0700 TCM

DTC P0700 TCM PFP:31036

A
Description ECS00CLQ

The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The
TCM controls the A/T. B
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CLR

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. AT

● Diagnostic trouble code “P0700 TCM” with CONSULT-II is detected when the TCM is malfunctioning.
Possible Cause ECS00CLS

D
TCM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CLT

NOTE: E
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. F
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. G
3. Start engine.
4. Run engine for at least 2 consecutive seconds at idle speed.
H
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-103, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0030E
J
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CLU
K
1. CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-II L
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II. M
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure, AT-103, "DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure" .
Is the “TCM” displayed again?
YES >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231,
"Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature BCIA0031E

Sensor 2" .
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: October 2005 AT-103 2005 QX56

 DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH PFP:32006

Description ECS00CF3

● The park/neutral position (PNP) switch includes a transmission position switch.

● The transmission range switch detects the selector lever position and sends a signal to the TCM.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CF4

Item name Condition Display value

Selector lever in “N”,“P” positions. N/P
Selector lever in “R” position. R
Selector lever in “D” position. D
SLCTLVR POSI Selector lever in “4” position. 4
Selector lever in “3” position. 3
Selector lever in “2” position. 2
Selector lever in “1” position. 1

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CF5

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P0705 PNP SW/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected under the following condi-
tions.
– When TCM does not receive the correct voltage signal from the PNP switch 1, 2, 3, 4 based on the gear
position.
– When no other position but “P” position is detected from “N” positions.
Possible Cause ECS00CF6

● Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) switch 1, 2, 3, 4 and TCM circuit is open or shorted.]
● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 1, 2, 3, 4
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CF7

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2
consecutive seconds.
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-106, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: October 2005 AT-104 2005 QX56

 DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW ECS00CF8

AT

BCWA0334E

Revision: October 2005 AT-105 2005 QX56

 DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CF9

1. CHECK PNP SW CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Check if correct selector lever position (N/P, R or D) is displayed
as selector lever is moved into each position.
Item name Condition Display value
Selector lever in “N”,“P” positions. N/P
Selector lever in “R” position. R
Selector lever in “D” position. D PCIA0034E

SLCTLVR POSI Selector lever in “4” position. 4

Selector lever in “3” position. 3
Selector lever in “2” position. 2
Selector lever in “1” position. 1

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Perform TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND
CIRCUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following items:
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-106 2005 QX56

 DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

4. CHECK SUB-HARNESS A
1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve
With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector and TCM B
connector.
3. Check continuity between park/neutral position switch connector
terminals and TCM connector terminals. AT
Terminal (Wire
Item Connector Continuity
Color)
Park/neutral position D
F505 1 (BR)
switch connector Yes SCIA5457E

TCM connector F503 13 (BR)

E
Park/neutral position
F505 2 (W)
switch connector Yes
TCM connector F503 11 (W)
F
Park/neutral position
F505 3 (GR)
switch connector Yes
TCM connector F503 12 (GR)
G
Park/neutral position
F505 5 (L)
switch connector Yes
TCM connector F503 14 (L)
H
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG I
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors. J

5. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. K
● Refer to AT-104, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
L
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
M

Revision: October 2005 AT-107 2005 QX56

 DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)

DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) PFP:32702

Description ECS00CFA

The revolution sensor detects the revolution of the idler gear parking pawl lock gear and emits a pulse signal.
The pulse signal is sent to the TCM which converts it into vehicle speed.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CFB

Item name Condition Display value (km/h)

VHCL/S SE·A/T During driving Approximately matches the speedometer reading.

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CFC

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT” with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
– When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
– After ignition switch is turned “ON”, irregular signal input from vehicle speed sensor MTR before the vehi-
cle starts moving.
Possible Cause ECS00CFD

● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Revolution sensor
● Vehicle speed sensor MTR
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CFE

CAUTION:
● Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
● Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle and check for an increase of “VHCL/S SE·A/T”
value in response to “VHCL/S SE·MTR” value.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-111, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
5. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more BCIA0030E
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.0/8
Selector lever: “D” position
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-111, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
6. Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
ENGINE SPEED: 3,500 rpm or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.0/8
Selector lever: “D” position
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-111, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: October 2005 AT-108 2005 QX56
 DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. A

AT

Revision: October 2005 AT-109 2005 QX56

 DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)

Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T ECS00CFF

BCWA0322E

Revision: October 2005 AT-110 2005 QX56

 DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CFG

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. B
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start the engine. AT
4. Read out the value of “VHCL/S SE·A/T” while driving.
Check the value changes according to driving speed.
D
Item name Condition Display value (km/h)
Approximately matches the
VHCL/S SE·A/T During driving
speedometer reading. E
SCIA2148E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 2. F

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- G
CUIT"
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM I

Check the following items:

● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec- J
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. K
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-111 2005 QX56

 DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)

4. CHECK SUB-HARNESS
1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2" .
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector and TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between park/neutral position switch connector
terminals and TCM connector terminals.
Terminal
Item Connector Continuity
(Wire color)
Park/neutral position switch
F505 8 (Y)
connector Yes
TCM connector F503 20 (Y)
Park/neutral position switch
F505 9 (R)
connector Yes
SCIA5458E
TCM connector F503 17 (R)
Park/neutral position switch
F505 10 (B)
connector Yes
TCM connector F503 16 (B)
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

5. REPLACE THE REVOLUTION SENSOR AND CHECK DTC

1. Replace the revolution sensor. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
2. Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .

6. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-112 2005 QX56

 DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL

DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL PFP:24825

A
Description ECS00CFH

The engine speed signal is sent from the ECM to the TCM.
B
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CFI

Item name Condition Display value (rpm)

ENGINE SPEED Engine running Closely matches the tachometer reading. AT

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CFJ

● This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. D

● Diagnostic trouble code “P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not
receive the ignition signal from ECM during engine cranking or running.
E
Possible Cause ECS00CFK

Harness or connectors
(The ECM to the TCM circuit is open or shorted.)
F
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CFL

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. G
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. H
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for I
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10
consecutive seconds. J
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
ACCELE POSI: More than 1/8
Selector lever: “D” position K
3. If DTC is detected, go to AT-113, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

L
BCIA0030E

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CFM

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE M

Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .

Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-95, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-113 2005 QX56

 DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL

2. CHECK DTC WITH TCM

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. While monitoring engine speed, check for engine speed change
corresponding to wide-open throttle position signal.
Item name Condition Display value (rpm)
ENGINE SPEED Engine running Closely matches the tachometer reading.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. PCIA0041E
NG >> Check the ignition signal circuit.
● Refer to EC-619, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .

3. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
● Refer to AT-113, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following items:
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-114 2005 QX56

 DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940

A
Description ECS00CFN

● The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is activated, with the gear in D4 , D5 by the TCM in response
to signals sent from the vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sen- B
sor). Torque converter clutch piston operation will then be controlled.
● Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when A/T fluid temperature is too low.
● When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 1/8) in lock-up condition, the engine speed should not AT
change abruptly. If there is a big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CFO

D
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
When performing slip lock-up 0.2 - 0.4 A
TCC SOLENOID
When performing lock-up 0.4 - 0.6 A E

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CFP

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. F

● Diagnostic trouble code “P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
– When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. G
– When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause ECS00CFQ
H
● Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) I
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CFR

CAUTION: J
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. K
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II L
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 M
consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more
ACCELE POS: 0.5/8 - 1.0/8
SELECTOR LEVER: “D” position
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
4. If DTC is detected go to AT-116, "Diagnostic Procedure" . BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: October 2005 AT-115 2005 QX56

 DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CFS

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Read out the value of “TCC SOLENOID” while driving.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
When performing slip lock-up 0.2 - 0.4 A
TCC SOLENOID
When performing lock-up 0.4 - 0.6 A

OK or NG SCIA4793E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following items:
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-115, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-116 2005 QX56

 DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)

DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP) PFP:31940

A
Description ECS00CFT

This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into 5th gear position or the torque converter clutch
does not lock-up as instructed by the TCM. This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or B
shorted) but also by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation,
etc.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CFU AT

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)

When performing slip lock-up 0.2 - 0.4 A
TCC SOLENOID D
When performing lock-up 0.4 - 0.6 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CFV

E
● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
● Diagnostic trouble code “P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN” with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions. F
– When A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good.
– When TCM detects as irregular by comparing difference value with slip rotation.
Possible Cause ECS00CFW
G

● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
H
● Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
● Hydraulic control circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CFX
I

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
J
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. K
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and Select “TCC S/V FNCTN CHECK” of “DTC
L
WORK SUPPORT” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch
“START”.
2. Accelerate vehicle to more than 80 km/h (50 MPH) and maintain
the following condition continuously until “TESTING” has turned M
to “COMPLETE”. (It will take approximately 30 seconds after
“TESTING” shows.)
ACCELE POSI: More than 1.0/8 (at all times during step 4)
TCC SOLENOID: 0.4 - 0.6 A
Selector lever: “D” position
[Reference speed: Constant speed of more than 80 km/h (50 BCIA0030E
MPH)]
– Make sure “GEAR” shows “5”.
– For shift schedule, refer to AT-322, "Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Complete
Lock-up" .
– If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. In
case a 1st trip DTC other than P0744 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR
DTC”.
3. Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.)
Refer to AT-118, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Refer to shift schedule, AT-322, "Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Complete Lock-up" .

Revision: October 2005 AT-117 2005 QX56

 DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CFY

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start the engine.
4. Read out the value of “TCC SOLENOID” while driving.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
When performing slip lock-up 0.2 - 0.4 A
TCC SOLENOID
When performing lock-up 0.4 - 0.6 A

OK or NG SCIA4793E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following items:
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-117, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-118 2005 QX56

 DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940

A
Description ECS00CFZ

The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge pressure to suit the driving condition in
response to a signal sent from the TCM. B
The line pressure duty cycle value is not consistent when the closed throttle position signal is “ON”.
To confirm the line pressure duty cycle at low pressure, the accelerator (throttle) should be open until
the closed throttle position signal is “OFF”.
AT
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CG0

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)

D
LINE PRES SOL During driving 0.2 - 0.6 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CG1

E
● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
● Diagnostic trouble code “P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
F
– When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
– When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause ECS00CG2 G
● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
H
● Line pressure solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CG3

NOTE: I
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. J
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. K
2. Engine start and wait at least 5 second.
3. If DTC is detected, go to AT-120, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
L

BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: October 2005 AT-119 2005 QX56

 DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CG4

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start the engine.
4. Read out the value of “LINE PRES SOL” while driving.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
LINE PRES SOL During driving 0.2 - 0.6 A

SCIA4793E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following items:
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-119, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-120 2005 QX56

 DTC P1702 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (RAM)

DTC P1702 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (RAM) PFP:31036

A
Description ECS00CG5

The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The
TCM controls the A/T. B
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CG6

● This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. AT

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1702 TCM·RAM” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM memory RAM is
malfunctioning.
Possible Cause ECS00CG7 D
TCM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CG8 E
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. F
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.) G
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
H
4. Run engine for at least 2 consecutive seconds at idle speed.
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-121, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
I

BCIA0030E
J

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CG9

1. CHECK DTC K

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.) L
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
3. Touch “ERASE”. M
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, AT-121, "DTC Confir-
mation Procedure" .
Is the “TCM·RAM” displayed again?
YES >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231,
"Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature BCIA0031E

Sensor 2" .
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: October 2005 AT-121 2005 QX56

 DTC P1703 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (ROM)

DTC P1703 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (ROM) PFP:31036

Description ECS00CGA

The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The
TCM controls the A/T.
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CGB

● This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1703 TCM·ROM” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM memory ROM is
malfunctioning.
Possible Cause ECS00CGC

TCM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CGD

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Run engine for at least 2 consecutive seconds at idle speed.
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-122, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0030E

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CGE

1. CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, AT-122, "DTC Confir-
mation Procedure" .
Is the “TCM·ROM” displayed again?
YES >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231,
"Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature BCIA0031E

Sensor 2" .
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: October 2005 AT-122 2005 QX56

 DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR PFP:22620

A
Description ECS00CGF

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, accelerator pedal position sensor, throttle
position sensor, etc. The actuator sends a signal to the ECM, and ECM sends signals to TCM with CAN com- B
munication.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CGG

AT
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
Released accelerator pedal. 0.0/8
ACCELE POSI
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8/8 D
Released accelerator pedal. 0.0/8
THROTTLE POSI
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8/8
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CGH

● This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not F
receive the proper accelerator pedal position signals (input by CAN communication) from ECM.
Possible Cause ECS00CGI
G
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CGJ
H

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. I
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II J
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. K
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-123, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

M
BCIA0030E

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CGK

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-95, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-123 2005 QX56

 DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

2. CHECK DTC WITH TCM

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Depress accelerator pedal and read out the value of “ACCELE
POSI” and “THROTTLE POSI”.
Display value
Item name Condition
(Approx.)
Released accelerator pedal. 0.0/8
ACCELE POSI
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8/8
PCIA0070E
Released accelerator pedal. 0.0/8
THROTTLE POSI
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8/8

4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULT MODE" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK DTC WITH ECM

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE” with CON-
SULT-II. Refer to AT-83, "CONSULT-II Function (A/T)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check the DTC detected item. Refer to AT-83, "CON-
SULT-II Function (A/T)" .
● If CAN communication line is detected, go to AT-95,
"DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
BCIA0030E

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-123, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-124 2005 QX56

 DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A

Check the following items:
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. B
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" . AT
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-125 2005 QX56

 DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT PFP:31940

Description ECS00CGL

The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature and sends a signal to the TCM.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CGM

Item name Condition °C (°F) Display value (Approx.)

ATF TEMP SE 1 2.2 - 1.8 - 0.6 V
0 (32) - 20 (68) - 80 (176)
ATF TEMP SE 2 2.2 - 1.7 - 0.45 V

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CGN

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1710 (A/T), P0710 (ENGINE) ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is
detected when TCM receives an excessively low or high voltage from the sensor.
Possible Cause ECS00CGO

● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● A/T fluid temperature sensors 1, 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CGP

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10
minutes (Total). (It is not necessary to maintain continuously.)
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.0/8
Selector lever: “D” position
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-128, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: October 2005 AT-126 2005 QX56

 DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS ECS00CGQ

AT

BCWA0323E

Revision: October 2005 AT-127 2005 QX56

 DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CGR

1. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “ATF TEMP SE 1”.
Item name Condition °C (°F) Display value (Approx.)
ATF TEMP SE 1 0 (32) - 20 (68) - 80 (176) 2.2 - 1.8 - 0.6 V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3. PCIA0039E

2. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “ATF TEMP SE 2”.
Item name Condition °C (°F) Display value (Approx.)
ATF TEMP SE 2 0 (32) - 20 (68) - 80 (176) 2.2 - 1.7 - 0.45 V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 5. PCIA0039E

3. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1

Check A/T fluid temperature sensor 1. Refer to AT-129, "A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .

4. CHECK SUB-HARNESS
1. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector and TCM connector.
2. Check continuity between park/neutral position switch connector
terminals and TCM connector terminals.
Terminal (Wire
Item Connector Continuity
color)
Park/neutral position switch
F505 6 (G)
connector Yes
TCM connector F503 19 (G)
Park/neutral position switch
F505 7 (O)
connector Yes
TCM connector F503 18 (O)
SCIA5461E

3. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: October 2005 AT-128 2005 QX56

 DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

5. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 A

Check A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-130, "A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. B
NG >> Replace the A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-239, "A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SEN-
SOR 2 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" .
AT
6. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
1. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector and TCM connector.
D
2. Check continuity between A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 con-
nector terminals and TCM connector terminals.
Terminal (Wire E
Item Connector Continuity
color)
A/T fluid temperature sensor 2
F507 1 (W/Y)
connector Yes
TCM connector F502 3 (W/Y) F
A/T fluid temperature sensor 2
F507 2 (W/R)
connector Yes
TCM connector F502 5 (W/R) G
SCIA5461E

3. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT I

1. Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND
CIRCUIT" . J
2. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid K
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
L
8. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-126, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . M
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 1.
Component Inspection ECS00CGS

A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1

1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2" .

Revision: October 2005 AT-129 2005 QX56

 DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

2. Check resistance between terminals.

Temperature Resistance
Name Connector Terminal
°C (°F) (Approx.) (kΩ)
0 (32) 15
A/T fluid temperature
F505 6-7 20 (68) 6.5
sensor 1
80 (176) 0.9

3. If NG, replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231,

"Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .

SCIA5463E

A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2

1. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-239, "A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" .
2. Check resistance between terminals.
Temperature Resistance
Name Connector Terminal
°C (°F) (Approx.) (kΩ)
0 (32) 10
A/T fluid temperature
F507 1-2 20 (68) 4
sensor 2
80 (176) 0.5

3. If NG, replace the A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-

239, "A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION" .
SCIA5271E

Revision: October 2005 AT-130 2005 QX56

 DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR

DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR PFP:31935

A
Description ECS00CGT

The turbine revolution sensor detects input shaft rpm (revolutions per minute). It is located on the input side of
the automatic transmission. Monitors revolution of sensor 1 and sensor 2 for non-standard conditions. B
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CGU

Item name Condition Display value (rpm) AT

TURBINE REV During driving (lock-up ON) Approximately matches the engine speed.

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CGV

D
● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
● Diagnostic trouble code “P1716 TURBINE REV S/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions. E
– When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
– When TCM detects an irregularity only at position of 4th gear for turbine revolution sensor 2.
F
Possible Cause ECS00CGW

● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
G
● Turbine revolution sensor 1, 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CGX

H
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF” I
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
J
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
K
3. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more
ENGINE SPEED: 1,500 rpm or more L
ACCELE POS: 0.5/8 or more
Selector lever: “D” position
Gear position (Turbine revolution sensor 1): 4th or 5th posi- M
tion
Gear position (Turbine revolution sensor 2): All position BCIA0030E

Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased

engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-132, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: October 2005 AT-131 2005 QX56

 DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CGY

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Vehicle start and read out the value of “TURBINE REV”.
Item name Condition Display value (rpm)
Approximately matches the
TURBINE REV During driving (lock-up ON)
engine speed.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. PCIA0041E
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following items:
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-131, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-132 2005 QX56

 DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR

DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR PFP:24814

A
Description ECS00CGZ

The vehicle speed sensor·MTR signal is transmitted from combination meter to TCM by CAN communication
line. The signal functions as an auxiliary device to the revolution sensor when it is malfunctioning. The TCM B
will then use the vehicle speed sensor·MTR signal.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CH0

AT
Item name Condition Display value (km/h)
VHCL/S SE·MTR During driving Approximately matches the speedometer reading.

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CH1

D

● This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1721 VHE SPD SE·MTR” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not E
receive the proper vehicle speed sensor MTR signal (input by CAN communication) from combination
meter.
Possible Cause ECS00CH2 F
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CH3

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. H
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. I
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.) J
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds. K
ACCELE POS: 1/8 or less
VHCL SPEED SE: 30 km/h (17 MPH) or more
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-134, "Diagnostic Procedure" . L

BCIA0030E M

Revision: October 2005 AT-133 2005 QX56

 DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CH4

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-95, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle and read out the value of “VHCL/S SE·MTR”.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)(km/h)
Approximately matches the
VHCL/S SE·MTR During driving
speedometer reading.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. SCIA2148E
NG >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK COMBINATION METERS

Check combination meter. Refer to DI-17, "How to Proceed With Trouble Diagnosis" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-133, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to .AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following items:
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-134 2005 QX56

 DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK

DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK PFP:00000

A
Description ECS00CH5

● Fail-safe function to detect interlock conditions.

B
On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CH6

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1730 A/T INTERLOCK” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not AT
receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor and switch.
● TCM monitors and compares gear position and conditions of each ATF pressure switch when gear is
steady. D
Possible Cause ECS00CH7

● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuit is open or shorted.) E
● Low coast brake solenoid valve
● ATF pressure switch 2
F
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CH8

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF” G
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II H
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
I
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2
consecutive seconds.
Selector lever: “D” position J
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-136, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

K
BCIA0030E

WITH GST L
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: October 2005 AT-135 2005 QX56

 DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK

Judgement of A/T Interlock ECS00CH9

When A/T Interlock is judged to be malfunctioning, the vehicle should be fixed in 2nd gear, and should be set
in a condition in which it can travel.
When one of the following fastening patterns is detected, the fail-safe function in correspondence with the indi-
vidual pattern should be performed.
A/T INTERLOCK COUPLING PATTERN TABLE
●: NG, X: OK
Clutch pressure output pattern after fail-safe func-
ATF pressure switch output
tion
Fail-safe
Gear position SW6
SW3 SW5 SW1 SW2 function
(HLR/ I/C HLR/C D/C FR/B LC/B L/U
(I/C) (D/C) (FR/B) (LC/B)
C)
Held in
3rd – X X – ● OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
2nd gear
A/T interlock
Held in
coupling pat- 4th – X X – ● OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
2nd gear
tern
Held in
5th X X – X ● OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
2nd gear

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CHA

1. SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-II
1. Drive vehicle.
2. Stop vehicle and turn ignition switch “OFF”.
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Check low coast brake solenoid valve circuit and func-
tion. Refer to AT-156, "DTC P1772 LOW COAST
BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-158, "DTC P1774 BCIA0031E
LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION" .

2. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-135, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-136 2005 QX56

 DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A

Check the following items:
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. B
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" . AT
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-137 2005 QX56

 DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING

DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING PFP:00000

Description ECS00CHB

Fail-safe function to prevent sudden decrease in speed by engine brake other than at "1" position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CHC

Item name Condition Display value

Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CHD

● This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1731 A/T 1ST E/BRAKING” with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
– When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
– When TCM monitors each ATF pressure switch and solenoid monitor value, and detects as irregular when
engine brake of 1st gear acts other than at 1 position.
Possible Cause ECS00CHE

● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Low coast brake solenoid valve
● ATF pressure switch 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CHF

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously preformed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2
consecutive seconds.
ENGINE SPEED: 1,200 rpm
Selector lever: “1” position
Gear position: 1st gear
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-139, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BCIA0030E

Revision: October 2005 AT-138 2005 QX56

 DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CHG

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start the engine. B
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” for
"A/T" with CONSULT-II"
3. Drive vehicle in the “1” position (1st gear), and confirm the ON/ AT
OFF actuation of “ATF PRES SW 2” and "ON OFF SOL".
Item name Condition Display value
D
ON OFF Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON
SOL Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON E
ATF PRES PCIA0067E

SW 2 Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF

OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT G

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. I

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following items: J
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG K
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. L

4. CHECK DTC
M
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-138, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-139 2005 QX56

 DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940

Description ECS00CHH

Input clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle
speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the
optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CHI

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)

Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
I/C SOLENOID
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0 - 0.05 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CHJ

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1752 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
– When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
– When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause ECS00CHK

● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
● Input clutch solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CHL

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8

Þ
Selector lever: “D” position
Gear position: 3rd 4th Gear (I/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test. BCIA0030E

5. If DTC is detected go to AT-141, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: October 2005 AT-140 2005 QX56

 DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CHM

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. B
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start the engine. AT
4. Read out the value of “I/C SOLENOID” while driving.
Display value D
Item name Condition
(Approx.)

I/C SOLE- Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0.6 - 0.8 A

NOID Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0 - 0.05 A E
SCIA4793E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. F
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT G

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
I
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: J
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG K
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. L
4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. M
● Refer to AT-140, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-141 2005 QX56

 DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PFP:31940

Description ECS00CHN

● Input clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehi-
cle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be
shifted to the optimum position.
● This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CHO

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)

Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
I/C SOLENOID
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0 - 0.05 A
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CHP

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1754 I/C SOLENOID FNCTN” with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
– When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of
pressure switch 3 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
– When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause ECS00CHQ

● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
● Input clutch solenoid valve
● ATF pressure switch 3
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CHR

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8

Þ
Selector lever: “D” position
Gear position: 3rd 4th Gear (I/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step “2” again.
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, then perform step “1” to “3” again.
BCIA0030E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II. If DTC (P1754) is detected, refer to AT-143, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1752) is detected, go to AT-141, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1843) is detected, go to AT-163, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: October 2005 AT-142 2005 QX56

 DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CHS

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS A

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.) B
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start the engine. AT
4. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (3rd Þ
4th gear), and confirm
the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 3” and electrical
current value of “I/C SOLENOID”. D

Display value
Item name Condition
(Approx.)
E
SCIA4795E
I/C SOLE- Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
NOID Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0 - 0.05 A

ATF PRES Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON F

SW 3 Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
H
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" . I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
J
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

K
Check the following items:
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. L
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" . M
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-142, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-143 2005 QX56

 DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940

Description ECS00CHT

Front brake solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle
speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the
optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CHU

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)

Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0 - 0.05 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CHV

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1757 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
– When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
– When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause ECS00CHW

● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
● Front brake solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CHX

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8

Þ
Selector lever: “D” position
Gear position: 3rd 4th Gear (FR/B ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test. BCIA0030E

5. If DTC is detected go to AT-145, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: October 2005 AT-144 2005 QX56

 DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CHY

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. B
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine. AT
4. Read out the value of “FR/B SOLENOID” while driving.
Display value D
Item name Condition
(Approx.)

FR/B SOLE- Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0.6 - 0.8 A

NOID Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0 - 0.05 A E
SCIA4793E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. F
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT G

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
I
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: J
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG K
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. L
4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. M
● Refer to AT-144, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-145 2005 QX56

 DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PFP:31940

Description ECS00CHZ

● Front brake solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehi-
cle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be
shifted to the optimum position.
● This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CI0

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)

Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0 - 0.05 A
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CI1

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1759 FR/B SOLENOID FNCT” with CONSULT-II is detected under the follow-
ing conditions.
– When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of
ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
– When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause ECS00CI2

● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
● Front brake solenoid valve
● ATF pressure switch 1
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CI3

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8

Þ
Selector lever: “D” position
Gear position: 3rd 4th Gear (FR/B ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step “2” again.
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, then perform step “1” to “3” again.
BCIA0030E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II. If DTC (P1759) is detected, refer to AT-147, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1757) is detected, go to AT-145, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1841) is detected, go to AT-161, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: October 2005 AT-146 2005 QX56

 DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CI4

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. B
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (3rd Þ
4th gear), and confirm AT
the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 1” and electrical
current value of “FR/B SOLENOID”.
D
Display value
Item name Condition
(Approx.)

FR/B SOLE- Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0.6 - 0.8 A

E
NOID Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0 - 0.05 A SCIA4796E

ATF PRES Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON

SW 1 Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF F

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. G
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT H

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
J
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: K
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG L
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
M
4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-146, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-147 2005 QX56

 DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940

Description ECS00CI5

Direct clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle
speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the
optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CI6

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)

Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0 - 0.05 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CI7

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1762 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
– When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
– When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause ECS00CI8

● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
● Direct clutch solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CI9

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8

Þ
Selector lever: “D” position
Gear position: 1st 2nd Gear (D/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test. BCIA0030E

5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-149, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: October 2005 AT-148 2005 QX56

 DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CIA

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. B
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start the engine. AT
4. Read out the value of “D/C SOLENOID” while driving.
Display value D
Item name Condition
(Approx.)

D/C SOLE- Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0.6 - 0.8 A

NOID Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0 - 0.05 A E
SCIA4793E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. F
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT G

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
I
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: J
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG K
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. L
4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. M
● Refer to AT-148, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-149 2005 QX56

 DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PFP:31940

Description ECS00CIB

● Direct clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch,
vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be
shifted to the optimum position.
● This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CIC

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)

Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0 - 0.05 A
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CID

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1764 D/C SOLENOID FNCTN” with CONSULT-II is detected under the follow-
ing conditions.
– When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of
ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
– When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause ECS00CIE

● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
● Direct clutch solenoid valve
● ATF pressure switch 5
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CIF

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8

Þ
Selector lever: “D” position
Gear position: 1st 2nd Gear (D/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step “2” again.
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, then perform step “1” to “3” again.
BCIA0030E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II. If DTC (P1764) is detected, refer to AT-151, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1762) is detected, go to AT-149, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1845) is detected, go to AT-165, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: October 2005 AT-150 2005 QX56

 DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CIG

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start the engine. B
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (1st Þ
2nd gear), and confirm AT
the display actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 5” and electrical cur-
rent value of “D/C SOLENOID”.
D
Display value
Item name Condition
(Approx.)
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
D/C SOLENOID E
SCIA4797E
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0 - 0.05 A
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF F

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. G
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT H

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
J
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: K
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG L
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
M
4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-150, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-151 2005 QX56

 DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940

Description ECS00CIH

High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP
switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then
be shifted to the optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CII

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)

High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0 - 0.05 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CIJ

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1767 HLR/C SOL/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or is detected under the following
conditions.
– When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
– When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause ECS00CIK

● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
● High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CIL

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8

Þ
Selector lever: “D” position
Gear position: 2nd 3rd Gear (HLR/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test. BCIA0030E

5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-153, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: October 2005 AT-152 2005 QX56

 DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CIM

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. B
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start the engine. AT
4. Read out the value of “HLR/C SOLENOID” while driving.
Display value D
Item name Condition
(Approx.)
High and low reverse clutch disengaged.
0.6 - 0.8 A
Refer to AT-19 .
HLR/C SOL E
SCIA4793E
High and low reverse clutch engaged.
0 - 0.05 A
Refer to AT-19 .

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
G
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- H
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. I
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM J

Check the following items:
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. K
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" . L
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC M
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-152, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-153 2005 QX56

 DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
PFP:31940

Description ECS00CIN

● High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the
PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears
will then be shifted to the optimum position.
● This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CIO

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)

High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 . 0 - 0.05 A
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CIP

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1769 HLR/C SOL FNCTN” with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
– When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of
ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
– When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause ECS00CIQ

● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
● High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve
● ATF pressure switch 6
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CIR

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8

Þ
Selector lever: “D” position
Gear position: 2nd 3rd Gear (HLR/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step “2” again.
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, then perform step “1” to “3” again.
BCIA0030E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II. If DTC (P1769) is detected, refer to AT-155, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1767) is detected, go to AT-153, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1846) is detected, go to AT-167, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: October 2005 AT-154 2005 QX56

 DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CIS

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start the engine. B
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (2nd Þ
3rd gear), and confirm AT
the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 6” and electrical
current value of “HLR/C SOL”.
D
Display value
Item name Condition
(Approx.)
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to
AT-19 .
0.6 - 0.8 A E
SCIA4798E
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-
0 - 0.05 A
19 .
F
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-
ON
ATF PRES 19 .
SW 6 High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to
OFF G
AT-19 .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. H
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT I

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
K
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: L
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG M
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-154, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-155 2005 QX56

 DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940

Description ECS00CIT

Low coast brake solenoid valve is turned “ON” or “OFF” by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP
switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then
be shifted to the optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CIU

Item name Condition Display value

Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CIV

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1772 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects
an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
Possible Cause ECS00CIW

● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
● Low coast brake solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CIX

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
Selector lever: “1” or “2”
Gear position: “1st” or “2nd” gear (LC/B ON/OFF)
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-157, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: October 2005 AT-156 2005 QX56

 DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CIY

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. B
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start the engine. AT
4. Read out the value of “ON OFF SOL” while driving.
Item name Condition Display value D
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF
E
OK or NG SCIA4794E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
F
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- G
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. H
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM I

Check the following items:
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. J
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" . K
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC L
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-156, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
M
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-157 2005 QX56

 DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PFP:31940

Description ECS00CIZ

● Low coast brake solenoid valve is turned “ON” or “OFF” by the TCM in response to signals sent from the
PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears
will then be shifted to the optimum position.
● This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CJ0

Item name Condition Display value

Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CJ1

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1774 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT” with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
– When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of
ATF pressure switch 2 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
– When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 2 is irregular
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause ECS00CJ2

● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
● Low coast brake solenoid valve
● ATF pressure switch 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CJ3

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
Selector lever: “1” or “2” position
Gear position: “1st” or “2nd” gear (LC/B ON/OFF)
3. Perform step “2” again.
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, then perform step “1” to “3” again.
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II. If DTC (P1774) is detected, refer to AT-159, "Diagnostic Pro-
cedure" .
If DTC (P1772) is detected, go to AT-157, "Diagnostic Proce- BCIA0030E
dure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: October 2005 AT-158 2005 QX56

 DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CJ4

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start the engine. B
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “1” or “2” position (“11 ” or “22 ” gear) and AT
confirm the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 2” and
“ON OFF SOL”.
D
Item name Condition Display value
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF E
SCIA4794E

ATF PRES Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON

SW 2 Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
G
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- H
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. I
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM J

Check the following items:
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. K
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" . L
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC M
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-158, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-159 2005 QX56

 DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1

DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1 PFP:25240

Description ECS00CJ5

Fail-safe function to detect front brake clutch solenoid valve condition.

CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CJ6

Item name Condition Display value

Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CJ7

● This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1841 ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects
that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1
is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause ECS00CJ8

● ATF pressure switch 1

● Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CJ9

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8

Þ
Selector lever: “D” position
Gear position: 3rd 4th Gear (FR/B ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step “2” again.
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, then perform step “1” to “3” again.
BCIA0030E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1841) is detected, go to AT-161, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1757) is detected, go to AT-145, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: October 2005 AT-160 2005 QX56

 DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CJA

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. B
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (3rd Þ
4th gear), and confirm AT
the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 1”.
Item name Condition Display value
D
ATF PRES Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON
SW 1 Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF

OK or NG E
PCIA0067E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
F
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
G
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. H
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

I
Check the following items:
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. J
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" . K
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC L
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-160, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-161 2005 QX56

 DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3

DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3 PFP:25240

Description ECS00CJB

Fail-safe function to detect input clutch solenoid valve condition.

CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CJC

Item name Condition Display value

Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CJD

● This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1843 ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects
that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3
is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause ECS00CJE

● ATF pressure switch 3

● Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CJF

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8

Þ
Selector lever: “D” position
Gear position: 3rd 4th Gear (I/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step “2” again.
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, then perform step “1” to “3” again.
BCIA0030E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1843) is detected, go to AT-163, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1752) is detected, go to AT-141, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: October 2005 AT-162 2005 QX56

 DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CJG

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. B
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (3rd Þ
4th gear), and confirm AT
the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 3”.
Item name Condition Display value
D
ATF PRES Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON
SW 3 Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF

OK or NG E
PCIA0067E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
F
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
G
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. H
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

I
Check the following items:
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. J
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" . K
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC L
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-162, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-163 2005 QX56

 DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5

DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5 PFP:25240

Description ECS00CJH

Fail-safe function to detect direct clutch solenoid valve condition.

CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CJI

Item name Condition Display value

Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CJJ

● This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1845 ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects
that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5
is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause ECS00CJK

● ATF pressure switch 5

● Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CJL

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8

Þ
Selector lever: “D” position
Gear position: 1st 2nd Gear (D/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step “2” again.
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, then perform step “1” to “3” again.
BCIA0030E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1845) is detected, go to AT-165, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1762) is detected, go to AT-149, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: October 2005 AT-164 2005 QX56

 DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CJM

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. B
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (1st Þ
2nd gear), and confirm AT
the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 5”.
Item name Condition Display value
D
ATF PRES Direct clutch egaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON
SW 5 Direct clutch disegaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF

OK or NG E
PCIA0067E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
F
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
G
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. H
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

I
Check the following items:
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. J
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" . K
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC L
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-164, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-165 2005 QX56

 DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6

DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6 PFP:25240

Description ECS00CJN

Fail-safe function to detect high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve condition.
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CJO

Item name Condition Display value

High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-19 . ON
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-19 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic ECS00CJP

● This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1846 ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects
that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6
is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause ECS00CJQ

● ATF pressure switch 6

● Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure ECS00CJR

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8

Þ
Selector lever: “D” position
Gear position: 2nd 3rd Gear (HLR/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step “2” again.
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, then perform step “1” to “3” again.
BCIA0030E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1846) is detected, go to AT-167, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1767) is detected, go to AT-153, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: October 2005 AT-166 2005 QX56

 DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CJS

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start the engine. B
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (2nd Þ
3rd gear), and confirm AT
the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 6”.
Item name Condition Display value
D
High and low reverse clutch engaged.
ON
ATF PRES Refer to AT-19 .
SW 6 High and low reverse clutch disengaged.
OFF E
PCIA0067E
Refer to AT-19 .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. F
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

G
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
I
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
J
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
K
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
L
4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. M
● Refer to AT-166, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-167 2005 QX56

 MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT PFP:00100

Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN ECS00CJT

BCWA0324E

Revision: October 2005 AT-168 2005 QX56

 MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire A
Terminal Item Condition Data (Approx.)
color
Power supply
1 P Always Battery voltage
(Memory back-up)
B
Power supply
2 P Always Battery voltage
(Memory back-up)
5 B Ground Always 0V AT

– Battery voltage
D
6 Y/R Power supply

– 0V
E
10 B Ground Always 0V

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CJU

F
1. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
G
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
3. Check voltage between A/T assembly harness connector termi-
nals and ground.
H
Terminal
Item Connector Voltage
(Wire color)
1 (P) - Ground I
Battery voltage
TCM F9 2 (P) - Ground
6 (Y/R) - Ground 0V SCIA2104E
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
K
2. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 2
1. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector. L
2. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
3. Check voltage between A/T assembly harness connector termi-
nals and ground. M
Terminal
Item Connector Voltage
(Wire color)
1 (P) - Ground
TCM F44 2 (P) - Ground Battery voltage
6 (Y/R) - Ground SCIA2105E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

Revision: October 2005 AT-169 2005 QX56

 MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following items:
● Harness for short or open between battery and A/T assembly harness connector terminals 1, 2
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and A/T assembly harness connector terminal 6
● 10A fuse [No. 19, located in the fuse block (J/B)] and 10A fuse (No. 49, located in the IPDM E/R)
● Ignition switch, Refer to PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector ter-
minals and ground.
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

SCIA2106E

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following items:
● The A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG-1 >> Self-diagnosis does not activate: GO TO 7.
NG-2 >> DTC is displayed: Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULT MODE" .

Revision: October 2005 AT-170 2005 QX56

 MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

7. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY A

1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2" .
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector and TCM connector. B
3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector ter-
minals and TCM connector terminals.
AT
Terminal
Item Connector Continuity
(Wire color)
A/T assembly harness con-
F9 1 (W) D
nector Yes
TCM connector F502 9 (W)
A/T assembly harness con-
nector
F9 2 (GR) E
Yes
SCIA5464E
TCM connector F502 10 (GR)
A/T assembly harness con-
F9 6 (R) F
nector Yes
TCM connector F502 4 (R)

G
4. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector ter-
minals and TCM connector terminals.
Terminal H
Item Connector Continuity
(Wire color)
A/T assembly harness con-
F9 5 (B)
nector Yes I
TCM connector F504 21 (B)
A/T assembly harness con-
F9 10 (Y)
nector Yes J
SCIA5465E
TCM connector F504 22 (Y)

5. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.

K
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors. L

Revision: October 2005 AT-171 2005 QX56

 CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN THROTTLE POSITION CIR-
CUIT

CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN THROTTLE POSITION CIR-

CUIT PFP:18002

CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CJV

Item name Condition Display value

Released accelerator pedal. ON
CLSD THL POS
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. OFF
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. ON
W/O THL POS
Released accelerator pedal. OFF

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CJW

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-95, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Depress accelerator pedal and read out the value of “CLSD THL
POS” and “W/O THL POS”.
Monitor Item
Accelerator Pedal Operation
CLSD THL POS W/O THL POS
Released ON OFF
Fully depressed OFF ON PCIA0070E

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Check the following items. If NG, repair or replace damaged parts.
● Perform the self-diagnosis for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.

● Open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

● Pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

Revision: October 2005 AT-172 2005 QX56

 BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT

BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT PFP:25320

A
CONSULT-II Reference Value ECS00CJX

Item name Condition Display value

Depressed brake pedal. ON B
BRAKE SW
Released brake pedal. OFF

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CJY AT

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" . D
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-95, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2. E

2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT

F
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for G
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out ON/OFF switching action of the “BRAKE SW”.
OK or NG H
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.
I

PCIA0070E
J
3. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector termi- K
nals 1 and 2.
Condition Continuity
L
When brake pedal is depressed Yes
When brake pedal is released No

Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal — refer to M

BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END SCIA2045E

NG >> Check the following items. If NG, repair or replace dam-

aged parts.
● Harness for short or open between battery and stop lamp switch.

● Harness for short or open between stop lamp switch and combination meter.

Revision: October 2005 AT-173 2005 QX56

 TOW MODE SWITCH

TOW MODE SWITCH PFP:25129

Description ECS00CJZ

When tow mode switch is “ON”, tow mode switch signals are sent to TCM from combination meter by CAN
communication [Link] it`s a tow mode condition.

Revision: October 2005 AT-174 2005 QX56

 TOW MODE SWITCH

Wiring Diagram — AT — TMSW ECS00CK0

AT

BCWA0413E

Revision: October 2005 AT-175 2005 QX56

 TOW MODE SWITCH

Diagnostic Procedure ECS00CK1

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is any malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-95, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK POWER SOURCE

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Check the voltage between tow mode switch connector terminal
1 and ground.
Tow mode
Condition Data (Approx.)
switch
ON 0V
When ignition switch is turned to “ON”
OFF Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END SCIA5156E
NG >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK TOW MODE SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect tow mode switch connector.
3. Check continuity between tow mode switch connector M67 ter-
minals 1 and 2.
Condition Continuity
Tow mode switch “ON” Yes
Tow mode switch “OFF” No

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. SCIA5584E

NG >> Repair or replace tow mode switch.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
● Harness for short or open between combination meter connector terminal 35 and tow mode switch con-
nector terminal 1.
● Harness for short or open between tow mode switch connector terminal 2 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK COMBINATION METER

Check the combination meter. Refer to DI-17, "How to Proceed With Trouble Diagnosis" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-176 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS PFP:00007

A
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC ECS00CK2

AT

BCWA0410E

Revision: October 2005 AT-177 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

BCWA0326E

Revision: October 2005 AT-178 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

AT

BCWA0331E

Revision: October 2005 AT-179 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Terminal Item Data (Approx.)
color Condition
3 L CAN-H – –
K-line (CONSULT-
4 V The terminal is connected to the data link connector for CONSULT-II –
II signal)
Selector lever in "R" position. 0V
7 R Back-up lamp relay
Selector lever in other positions. Battery voltage

8 P CAN-L – –

A/T CHECK Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On ECS00CK3

SYMPTOM:
AT CHECK indicator lamp does not come on for about 2 seconds when turning ignition switch to
“ON”.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-95, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK A/T CHECK INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT

Check the combination meter. Refer to DI-5, "COMBINATION METERS" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-168, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” or “N” Position ECS00CK4

SYMPTOM:
● Engine cannot be started with selector lever in “P” or “N” position.
● Engine can be started with selector lever in “D”or “R” position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-104, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-180 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE A

Check the control cable.
● Refer to AT-228, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-228, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" . AT

D
LCIA0345E

3. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM E

Check the starting system. Refer to SC-10, "STARTING SYSTEM" .

OK or NG
F
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed ECS00CK5 G
SYMPTOM:
Even though the selector lever is set in the “P” position, the parking mechanism is not actuated,
allowing the vehicle to be moved when it is pushed. H
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT I
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch?
J
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-104, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
K
2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable. L
● Refer to AT-228, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. M
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-228, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .

LCIA0345E

Revision: October 2005 AT-181 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

3. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 4.

SCIA5199E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.58).
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves ECS00CK6

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle moves forward or backward when selecting “N” position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-104, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE

Check the control cable.
● Refer to AT-228, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-228, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .

LCIA0345E

Revision: October 2005 AT-182 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL A

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. B
NG >> Refill ATF.

AT

D
SAT638A

4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION E

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, G
repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.60).

SCIA5199E
I
5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-54, "Check at Idle" . J
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 6. K

6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION

L
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-82, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector. M
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Large Shock (“N” to “D” Position) ECS00CK7

SYMPTOM:
A noticeable shock occurs when the selector lever is shifted from the “N” to “D” position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate A/T fluid temperature sensor, engine speed signal, accelerator pedal
position sensor, ATF pressure switch 1, front brake solenoid valve, CAN communication line?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-126, "DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT" , AT-113, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" ., AT-123, "DTC P1705

Revision: October 2005 AT-183 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-160, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" , AT-144,
"DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-95, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION
LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. ENGINE IDLE SPEED

Check the engine idle speed. Refer to EC-77, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair.

3. CHECK CONTROL CABLE

Check the control cable.
● Refer to AT-228, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-228, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .

LCIA0345E

4. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “D” position. Refer
to AT-51, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high: GO TO 6.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low: GO TO 7.

SAT494G

Revision: October 2005 AT-184 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" . B
3. Check the following items:
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-280, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG AT
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
D
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen- E
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
3. Check the following items: F
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-280, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. H

8. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

I
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
K

SCIA5199E

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM M

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.1).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

10. CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. Refer to AT-54, "Check at Idle" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.

Revision: October 2005 AT-185 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

11. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION

1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-82, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-186 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position ECS00CK8

SYMPTOM: A
The vehicle does not creep in the “R” position. Or an extreme lack of acceleration is observed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
B
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" . AT
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate accelerator pedal position sensor, ATF pressure switch 6, high and low
reverse clutch solenoid valve, CAN communication line, PNP switch?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-123, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SEN- D
SOR" , AT-166, "DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6" , AT-152, "DTC P1767 HIGH AND
LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-95, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION
LINE" , AT-104, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" .
NO >> GO TO 2. E

2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE

F
Check the control cable.
● Refer to AT-228, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-228, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
H

I
LCIA0345E

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL J

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. K
NG >> Refill ATF.

M
SAT638A

4. CHECK STALL TEST

Check stall revolution with selector lever in “1” and “R” positions.
Refer to AT-50, "STALL TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
OK in “1” position, NG in “R” position>>GO TO 5.
NG in both “1” and “R” positions>>GO TO 8.

SAT493G

Revision: October 2005 AT-187 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
2. Check the following items:
– Reverse brake. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Check the line pressure with the engine idling. Refer to AT-51, "LINE
PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 7.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 8.

SAT494G

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
3. Check the following items:
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-280, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
3. Check the following items:
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-280, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-188 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

9. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION A

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-50, "Fluid Condition
Check" . B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 13. AT

SCIA5199E
E
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
F
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. G
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

11. CHECK SYMPTOM

H
Check again. Refer to AT-54, "Check at Idle" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END I
NG >> GO TO 12.

12. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION J

1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-82, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness K
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END L
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM M

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-189 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D” Position ECS00CK9

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep forward when selecting “D” position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate accelerator pedal position sensor, CAN communication line, PNP
switch?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-123, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SEN-
SOR" , AT-95, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" , AT-104, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEU-
TRAL POSITION SWITCH" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE

Check the control cable.
● Refer to AT-228, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-228, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .

LCIA0345E

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

4. CHECK STALL TEST

Check stall revolution with selector lever in “D” position. Refer to AT-
50, "STALL TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 7.

SAT493G

Revision: October 2005 AT-190 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE A

Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “D” position. Refer
to AT-51, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 6.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 7. AT

D
SAT494G

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM E

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
F
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
3. Check the following items:
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-280, "Oil Pump" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. H
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen- I
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
3. Check the following items: J
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-280, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
K
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. L
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

8. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

M
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-50, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 12.

SCIA5199E

Revision: October 2005 AT-191 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

10. CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. Refer to AT-54, "Check at Idle" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.

11. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION

1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-82, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ECS00CKA

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle cannot be started from D1 on cruise test - Part 1.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps in “R” position.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-187, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position" .

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO >> GO TO 3.

Revision: October 2005 AT-192 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

3. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR A

Check accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor. Refer to AT-123, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SEN-
SOR"
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor.
AT
4. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Refill ATF.
E

SAT638A
G
5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-51, "LINE H
PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. I
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 6.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 7.
J

SAT494G K

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen- L
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
3. Check the following items: M
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-280, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-193 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
3. Check the following items:
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-280, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

8. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-50, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 12.

SCIA5199E

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.23).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

10. CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. Refer to AT-55, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-57, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.

11. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION

1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-82, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-194 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.23).
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT
A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 ECS00CKB

SYMPTOM:
The vehicle does not shift-up from the D1 to D2 gear at the specified speed.
D
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
E
Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” position and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. F
NG >> Refer to AT-190, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D” Position" , AT-192, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started From D1" .
G
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate ATF pressure switch 5, direct clutch solenoid valve, accelerator pedal H
position sensor, vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor MTR?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-164, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" ,
AT-148, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-123, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE I
POSITION SENSOR" , AT-108, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION
SENSOR)" , AT-133, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
NO >> GO TO 3. J
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF. L

SAT638A

4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-51, "LINE
PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.

SAT494G

Revision: October 2005 AT-195 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
3. Check the following items:
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-280, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
3. Check the following items:
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-280, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-50, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 11.

SCIA5199E

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.10).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

9. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-55, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-57, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.

Revision: October 2005 AT-196 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

10. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION A

1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-82, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness B
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END AT
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM D

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.10).
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
F
A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 ECS00CKC

SYMPTOM:
The vehicle does not shift-up from D2 to D3 gear at the specified speed. G
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM H
Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” position and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. I
NG >> Refer to AT-190, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D” Position" , AT-192, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started From D1" .
J
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
K
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve,
accelerator pedal position sensor, vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor
MTR?
L
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-166, "DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6" ,
AT-152, "DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-123, "DTC
P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-108, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T
(REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-133, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" . M
NO >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

Revision: October 2005 AT-197 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-51, "LINE
PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.

SAT494G

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
3. Check the following items:
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-280, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
3. Check the following items:
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-280, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-50, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 11.

SCIA5199E

Revision: October 2005 AT-198 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.11).
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT
9. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-55, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-57, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
D
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.
E
10. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-82, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val- F
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
G
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. H
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60, I
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.11).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. J
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 ECS00CKD

SYMPTOM: K
● The vehicle does not shift-up from the D3 to D4 gear at the specified speed.
● The vehicle does not shift-up from the D3 to D4 gear unless A/T is warmed up.
L
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM M
Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” position and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-190, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D” Position" , AT-192, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started From D1" .

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate ATF pressure switch 1, ATF pressure switch 3, front brake solenoid
valve, input clutch solenoid valve, accelerator pedal position sensor, vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sen-
sor) and vehicle speed sensor MTR?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-160, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" ,
AT-162, "DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3" , AT-140, "DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-144, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-123, "DTC

Revision: October 2005 AT-199 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-108, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T
(REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-133, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
NO >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-51, "LINE
PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.

SAT494G

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
3. Check the following items:
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-280, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
3. Check the following items:
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-280, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-200 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION A

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-50, "Fluid Condition
Check" . B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 11. AT

SCIA5199E
E
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
F
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.12).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. G
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

9. CHECK SYMPTOM
H
Check again. Refer to AT-55, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-57, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END I
NG >> GO TO 10.

10. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION J

1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-82, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness K
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END L
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM M

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.12).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-201 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D5 ECS00CKE

SYMPTOM:
● The vehicle does not shift-up from the D4 to D5 gear at the specified speed.
● The vehicle does not shift-up from the D4 to D5 gear unless A/T is warmed up.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” position and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-190, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D” Position" , AT-192, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started From D1" .

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate ATF pressure switch 1, ATF pressure switch 5, front brake solenoid
valve, direct clutch solenoid valve, accelerator pedal position sensor, turbine revolution sensor, vehicle speed
sensor A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor MTR?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-160, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" ,
AT-164, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" , AT-144, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE
SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-148, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-123,
"DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-131, "DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION
SENSOR" , AT-108, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" ,
AT-133, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
NO >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-51, "LINE
PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.

SAT494G

Revision: October 2005 AT-202 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" . B
3. Check the following items:
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-280, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG AT
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
D
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen- E
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
3. Check the following items: F
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-280, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. H

7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

I
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-50, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 11.
K

SCIA5199E

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM M

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.13).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

9. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-55, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.

Revision: October 2005 AT-203 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

10. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION

1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-82, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.13).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up ECS00CKF

SYMPTOM:
A/T does not perform lock-up at the specified speed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate torque converter clutch solenoid valve, engine speed signal, turbine rev-
olution sensor, accelerator pedal position sensor, CAN communication?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-115, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-113, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" , AT-131, "DTC
P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" , AT-123, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SEN-
SOR" , AT-95, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

Revision: October 2005 AT-204 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

3. CHECK LINE PRESSURE A

Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-51, "LINE
PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 4.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 5. AT

D
SAT494G

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM E

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
F
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
3. Check the following items:
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-280, "Oil Pump" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. H
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen- I
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
3. Check the following items: J
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-280, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
K
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-262, "Disassembly" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. L
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

M
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-50, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 10.

SCIA5199E

Revision: October 2005 AT-205 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.24).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

8. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-55, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 9.

9. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION

1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-82, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.24).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition ECS00CKG

SYMPTOM:
The lock-up condition cannot be maintained for more than 30 seconds.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate torque converter clutch solenoid valve, engine speed signal, turbine rev-
olution sensor, CAN communication?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-115, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-113, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" , AT-131, "DTC
P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" , AT-95, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE"
.
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-206 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL A

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. B
NG >> Refill ATF.

AT

D
SAT638A

3. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION E

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-50, "Fluid Condition
F
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. G
NG >> GO TO 7.

SCIA5199E
I
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60, J
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.25).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. K
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK SYMPTOM L
Check again. Refer to AT-55, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .
OK or NG
M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION

1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-82, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-207 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.25).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Lock-up Is Not Released ECS00CKH

SYMPTOM:
The lock-up condition cannot be cancelled even after releasing the accelerator pedal.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate torque converter clutch solenoid valve, engine speed signal, turbine rev-
olution sensor, CAN communication?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-115, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-113, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" , AT-131, "DTC
P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" , AT-95, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE"
.
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-55, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.

3. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION

1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-82, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-208 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

Engine Speed Does Not Return to Idle ECS00CKI

SYMPTOM: A
When a shift-down is performed, the engine speed does not smoothly return to the idling speed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
B
1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . AT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refill ATF. D

SAT638A
F
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" . G
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate front brake solenoid valve, direct clutch solenoid valve, ATF pressure
switch 1, ATF pressure switch 5, accelerator pedal position sensor, vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sen-
sor) and vehicle speed sensor MTR? H
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-144, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID
VALVE" , AT-148, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-160, "DTC P1841 ATF
PRESSURE SWITCH 1" , AT-164, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" , AT-123, "DTC I
P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-108, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T
(REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-133, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
NO >> GO TO 3.
J
3. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" . K
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-50, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 7.
M

SCIA5199E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.65).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-209 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-55, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION

1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-82, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.65).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear → 4th gear ECS00CKJ

SYMPTOM:
When shifted from D5 to 44 position, does not downshift from 5th to 4th gears.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 1?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-123, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SEN-
SOR" , AT-160, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-210 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

2. CHECK 4TH POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT A

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
B
2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for
"A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out "OD CONT SW" switch moving selector lever to each
position. AT

Monitor item Condition Display value

When setting the selector D
lever to "4" and "3" posi- ON
OD CONT SW tion.
When setting selector LCIA0339E
OFF E
lever to other positions.

Without CONSULT-II
F
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine)
2. Check voltage between A/T device harness connector terminal
and ground.
G
Terminal No. Data
Item Connector No. Condition
(Wire color) (Approx.)
When setting H
the selector
lever to "4" 0V
and "3" posi-
4th position 1 (SB) - tion. I
M203
switch Ground LCIA0340E
When setting
selector lever Battery volt-
to other posi- age J
tions.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. K
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL L

Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

Revision: October 2005 AT-211 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

4. CHECK CONTROL CABLE

Check the control cable.
● Refer to AT-228, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-228, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .

LCIA0345E

5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-50, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9.

SCIA5199E

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.14).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION

1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-82, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-212 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.14).
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT
A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear → 3rd gear ECS00CKK

SYMPTOM:
When shifted from 44 to 33 position, does not downshift from 4th to 3rd gears.
D
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
E
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 1, ATF pressure switch 3?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-104, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION F
SWITCH" , AT-160, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" , AT-162, "DTC P1843 ATF PRES-
SURE SWITCH 3" .
NO >> GO TO 2. G
2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF. I

SAT638A
K

3. CHECK CONTROL CABLE

L
Check the control cable.
● Refer to AT-228, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-228, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .

LCIA0345E

Revision: October 2005 AT-213 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-50, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 8.

SCIA5199E

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.15).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION

1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-82, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.15).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear → 2nd gear ECS00CKL

SYMPTOM:
When shifted from 33 to 22 position, does not downshift from 3rd to 2nd gears.

Revision: October 2005 AT-214 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
A
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 6? B
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-104, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" , AT-166, "DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6" .
NO >> GO TO 2. AT

2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

D
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. E
NG >> Refill ATF.

G
SAT638A

3. CHECK CONTROL CABLE

H
Check the control cable.
● Refer to AT-228, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-228, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" . J

K
LCIA0345E

4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION L

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-50, "Fluid Condition
Check" . M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 8.

SCIA5199E

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.16).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2005 AT-215 2005 QX56
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION

1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-82, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.16).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear → 1st gear ECS00CKM

SYMPTOM:
When shifted from 22 to 11 position, does not downshift from 2nd to 1st gears.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 5?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-104, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" , AT-164, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2005 AT-216 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

2. CHECK 1ST POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT A

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
B
2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for
"A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out "1 POSITION SW" switch moving selector lever to
each position. AT

Monitor item Condition Display value

When setting the selector D
ON
lever to "1" position.
1 POSITION SW
When setting selector
OFF
lever to other positions. LCIA0339E
E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine) F
2. Check voltage between A/T device harness connector terminal
and ground.
Terminal No. Data G
Item Connector No. Condition
(Wire color) (Approx.)
When setting
the selector H
0V
lever to "1"
1st position 7 (Y/G) - position.
M203
switch Ground When setting LCIA0341E I
selector lever Battery volt-
to other posi- age
tions.
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
K
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF. M

SAT638A

Revision: October 2005 AT-217 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

4. CHECK CONTROL CABLE

Check the control cable.
● Refer to AT-228, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-228, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .

LCIA0345E

5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-50, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9.

SCIA5199E

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.17).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-57, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION

1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-82, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-218 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.17).
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT
Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake ECS00CKN

SYMPTOM:
No engine brake is applied when the gear is shifted from the 22 to 11 .
D
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
E
Perform self-diagnosis.
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 5?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-104, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION F
SWITCH" , AT-164, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
G
2. CHECK 1ST POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
H
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for
"A/T" with CONSULT-II.
I
3. Read out "1 POSITION SW" moving switch selector lever to
each position.
Monitor item Condition Display value J
When setting the selector
ON
lever to "1" position.
1 POSITION SW
When setting selector
OFF
K
lever to other positions. LCIA0339E

Without CONSULT-II L
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine)
2. Check voltage between A/T device harness connector terminal
and ground. M
Terminal No. Data
Item Connector No. Condition
(Wire color) (Approx.)
When setting
the selector
0V
lever to "1"
1st position 7 (Y/G) - position.
M203
switch Ground When setting LCIA0341E
selector lever Battery volt-
to other posi- age
tions.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: October 2005 AT-219 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

4. CHECK CONTROL CABLE

Check the control cable.
● Refer to AT-228, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-228, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .

LCIA0345E

5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-231, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-50, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9.

SCIA5199E

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.53).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 8.

Revision: October 2005 AT-220 2005 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

8. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION A

1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-82, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val-
ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness B
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END AT
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM D

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-60,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.53).
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
F

Revision: October 2005 AT-221 2005 QX56

 A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM PFP:34950

Description ECS00CKO

● The electrical key interlock mechanism also operates as a shift lock:

With the ignition switch turned to ON, the selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” (parking) to any other
position unless the brake pedal is depressed.
With the key removed, the selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” to any other position.
The key cannot be removed unless the selector lever is placed in “P”.
● The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by the ON-OFF operation of the shift lock sole-
noid and by the operation of the rotator and slider located inside the key cylinder, respectively.
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location ECS00CKP

LCIA0326E

Revision: October 2005 AT-222 2005 QX56

 A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

Wiring Diagram — A/T — SHIFT ECS00CKQ

AT

BCWA0407E

Revision: October 2005 AT-223 2005 QX56

 A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

Shift Lock Control Unit Reference Values ECS00CKR

SHIFT LOCK HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS LAYOUT

LCIA0327E

SHIFT LOCK CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION TABLE

Data are reference values.
TER-
WIRE VOLTAGE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (Approx.)
NO.
Ignition switch: “ON” Battery voltage
1 Y/R Power source
Ignition switch: “OFF” Battery voltage

Detention switch When selector lever is not in "P" position with key inserted. Battery voltage
2 L/R
(for key) Except the above 0V

Detention switch When selector lever is not in "P" position Battery voltage
3 GR
(for shift) Except the above 0V
When brake pedal is depressed Battery voltage
4 R/G Stop lamp switch
When brake pedal is released 0V

Vehicle speed sig- — —

5 W/R
nal — —
Ignition switch: “OFF” 0V
6 G/R Ignition signal
Ignition switch: “ON” Battery voltage
When brake pedal is depressed with ignition switch "ON". 0V
7 R/W Shift lock solenoid
When brake pedal is depressed. Battery voltage
8 B Ground Always 0V
Battery voltage for
When the selector lever is set to a position other than the “P”
approx. 0.1 sec.
9 G/W Key lock solenoid position, and the key switch is turned from “ON” to “OFF”
(Note)
Except the above 0V
Battery voltage for
When ignition switch is not in "ON” position with key inserted. approx. 0.1 sec.
10 W/G Key unlock solenoid (Note)
Except the above 0V
NOTE:
Confirm that the pointer swings only momentarily because the output time is so short. If the inspection is done with an oscilloscope, it
should be observed that the power source voltage lasts for 3.5 to 10 ms.

Revision: October 2005 AT-224 2005 QX56

 A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

Component Inspection ECS00CKS

SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID A

● Check operation by applying battery voltage to the A/T device.
CAUTION:
Be sure to apply the voltage of the correct polarity to the B
respective terminals. Otherwise, the part may be damaged.
Connector No. Terminal No.
AT
M203 9 (Battery voltage) - 10 (Ground)

D
LCIA0328E

DETENTION SWITCH E
For key:
● Check continuity between terminals of the A/T device.
Connector F
Condition Terminal No. Continuity
No.
When selector lever is “P”
No
position. G
M203 5-6
When selector lever is not “P”
Yes
position.
H

LIIA1599E

DETENTION SWITCH I
For shift:
● Check continuity between terminals of the A/T device.
J
Connector
Condition Terminal No. Continuity
No.
When selector lever is “P”
No K
position.
M203 3-4
When selector lever is not “P”
Yes
position.
L

WCIA0401E
M
KEY LOCK SOLENOID
Key lock
● Check operation by applying battery voltage to key switch and
key lock solenoid.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to cause burnout of the harness.
Connector No. Terminal No.
M27 1 (Battery voltage) - 2 (Ground)

WCIA0240E

Revision: October 2005 AT-225 2005 QX56

 A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

Key unlock
● Check operation by applying battery voltage to key switch and
key lock solenoid.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to cause burnout of the harness.
Connector No. Terminal No.
M27 2 (Battery voltage) - 1 (Ground)

WCIA0241E

KEY SWITCH
● Check continuity between terminals of the key switch and key
lock solenoid.
Condition Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
Key inserted Yes
M27 3-4
Key withdrawn No

SCIA5662E

STOP LAMP SWITCH

● Check continuity between terminals of the stop lamp switch har-
ness connector.
Connector
Condition Terminal No. Continuity
No.
When brake pedal is depressed Yes
E38 1 -2
When brake pedal is released No

Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal.

SCIA2045E

Revision: October 2005 AT-226 2005 QX56

 SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM

SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:34901

A
Control Device Removal and Installation ECS00CKT

AT

LCIA0348E M
1. Select lever knob 2. A/T console finisher 3. Control device assembly
4. Position lamp 5. A/T selector control cable 6. Lock plate

Revision: October 2005 AT-227 2005 QX56

 SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM

REMOVAL
1. Remove A/T finisher.
● Refer to IP-13, "A/T Finisher" .

2. Disconnect selector control cable.

3. Disconnect A/T device harness connector.
4. Remove control device assembly.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in reverse order of removal. Be careful of the following:
● After installation is completed, adjust and check A/T position.
Adjustment of A/T Position ECS00CKU

1. Loosen nut of control cable.

2. Place PNP switch and selector lever in “P” position.
3. After pushing the control cable in the direction shown with a
force of 9.8 N·m (1kg-m, 2.2 lb-ft), release it. This is in the natu-
ral state, tighten control cable nut to specifications.
Control cable nut : 14.5 N·m (1.5 kg-m, 11 ft-lb)

LCIA0345E

Checking of A/T Position ECS00CKV

1. Place selector lever in “P” position, and turn ignition switch ON

(engine stop).
2. Make sure selector lever can be shifted to other than “P” posi-
tion when brake pedal is depressed. Also make sure selector
lever can be shifted from “P” position only when brake pedal is
depressed.
3. Move the selector lever and check for excessive effort, sticking,
noise or rattle.
4. Confirm the selector lever stops at each position with the feel of
engagement when it is moved through all the positions. Check
whether or not the actual position the selector lever is in LCIA0325E

matches the position shown by the shift position indicator and

the transmission body.
5. The method of operating the lever to individual positions correctly should be as shown.
6. Confirm the back-up lamps illuminate only when lever is placed in the “R” position. Confirm the back-up
lamps does not illuminate when selector lever is pushed against “R” position in the “P” or “N” position.
7. Confirm the engine can only be started with the selector lever in the “P” and “N” positions.
8. Make sure transmission is locked completely in “P” position.

Revision: October 2005 AT-228 2005 QX56

 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE PFP:00000

A
Oil Pan ECS00CKW

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Removal B
1. Drain A/T fluid, refer to MA-24, "Changing A/T Fluid" .
2. Remove oil pan and gasket.
AT

SCIA2308E

F
3. Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine cause of malfunction. If the A/T fluid is very dark, has
some burned smell, or contains foreign particles, friction material (clutches, band) may need replacement.
A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and
clutches to stick and can inhibit pump pressure. G
CAUTION:
If friction material is detected, flush the transmission cooler after repair, refer to AT-13, "A/T FLUID
COOLER CLEANING PROCEDURE" . H
4. Remove magnets from oil pan.

K
SCIA5200E

Installation L
1. Install the oil pan magnets as shown.

SCIA5200E

Revision: October 2005 AT-229 2005 QX56

 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

2. Install the oil pan and new oil pan gasket.

CAUTION:
● Be sure the oil pan drain plug is located to the rear of the
transmission assembly.
● Before installing oil pan bolts, remove any traces of old
sealant from the sealing surfaces and threaded holes.
● Do not reuse old gasket, replace with a new one.

● Always replace the oil pan bolts as they are self-sealing.

● Partially install the oil pan bolts in a criss-cross pattern to

prevent dislocation of the gasket. SCIA2308E

3. Tighten oil pan bolts in numerical order as shown.

Oil pan bolts : 7.9 N·m (0.81 kg-m, 70 in-lb)

SCIA4113E

4. Install drain plug in oil pan.

CAUTION:
Do not reuse old drain plug gasket replace with a new one.
Drain plug : 34 N·m (3.5 kg-m, 25 ft-lb)
5. Refill the transmission assembly with fluid. Refer to MA-24, "Changing A/T Fluid" .

Revision: October 2005 AT-230 2005 QX56

 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2 ECS00CKX

COMPONENTS A

AT

SCIA5478E

1. Transmission 2. Snap ring 3. Sub-harness M

4. Control valve with TCM 5. Bracket 6. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2
7. Oil pan gasket 8. Oil pan 9. Magnet
10. Drain plug 11. Drain plug gasket 12. Oil pan bolt
13. Terminal cord assembly 14. O-ring

Revision: October 2005 AT-231 2005 QX56

 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Removal
1. Disconnect negative battery terminal
2. Drain ATF through drain plug.
3. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
4. Remove snap ring from A/T assembly harness connector.

SCIA5021E

5. Push A/T assembly harness connector.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA5022E

6. Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket, refer to AT-229, "Removal" .
7. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA5023E

8. Straighten terminal clip to free terminal cord assembly A/T fluid

temperature sensor 2 harness.

SCIA5446E

Revision: October 2005 AT-232 2005 QX56

 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

9. Disconnect revolution sensor connector.

CAUTION: A
Be careful not to damage connector.

AT

SCIA5024E

D
10. Straighten terminal clips to free revolution sensor harness.

G
SCIA3969E

11. Remove bolts A, B and C from control valve with TCM.

H
Bolt symbol Length mm (in) Number of bolts
A 42 (1.65) 5
I
B 55 (2.17) 6
C 40 (1.57) 1

SCIA5139E
K
12. Remove control valve with TCM from transmission case.
CAUTION: L
When removing, be careful with the manual valve notch and
manual plate height. Remove it vertically.

SCIA5142E

13. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 with bracket from con-
trol valve with TCM.

SCIA5301E

Revision: October 2005 AT-233 2005 QX56

 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

14. Remove bracket from A/T fluid temperature sensor 2.

SCIA5264E

15. Remove O-ring from A/T assembly harness connector.

SCIA5155E

16. Disconnect TCM connectors.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connectors.

SCIA5447E

17. Remove A/T assembly harness connector from control valve

with TCM using flat blade screwdriver.

SCIA5448E

18. Disconnect TCM connector and park/neutral position switch

connector
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connectors.

SCIA5449E

Revision: October 2005 AT-234 2005 QX56

 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

Installation
CAUTION: A
After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage and fluid level. Refer to MA-24, "Changing A/T
Fluid" , MA-22, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
1. Connect TCM connector and park/neutral position switch con- B
nector.

AT

SCIA5449E E

2. Install A/T assembly harness connector to control valve with

TCM. F

SCIA5450E

I
3. Connect TCM connector.

L
SCIA5447E

4. Install new O-ring in A/T assembly harness connector.

M
NOTE:
● Do not reuse O-ring.

● Apply ATF to O-ring.

SCIA5155E

Revision: October 2005 AT-235 2005 QX56

 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

5. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 to bracket.

SCIA5264E

6. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 (with bracket) in control

valve with TCM. Tighten A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 bolt to
the specified torque. Refer to AT-250, "Components" .
CAUTION:
Adjust bolt hole of bracket to bolt hole of control valve with
TCM.

SCIA5301E

7. Install control valve with TCM in transmission case.

CAUTION:
● Make sure that turbine revolution sensor securely installs
turbine revolution sensor hole.
● Hang down revolution sensor harness toward outside so
as not to disturb installation of control valve with TCM.
● Adjust A/T assembly harness connector of control valve
with TCM to terminal hole of transmission case.

SCIA5034E

● Assemble it so that manual valve cutout is engaged with

manual plate projection.

SCIA5142E

Revision: October 2005 AT-236 2005 QX56

 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

8. Install bolts A, B and C in control valve with TCM.

A
Bolt symbol Length mm (in) Number of bolts
A 42 (1.65) 5
B 55 (2.17) 6 B
C 40 (1.57) 1

AT

SCIA5139E

D
9. Tighten bolt 1, 2 and 3 temporarily to prevent dislocation. After
that tighten them in order (1 → 2 → 3), and then tighten other
bolts. E
10. Tighten control valve with TCM bolts to the specified torque.
Refer to AT-250, "Components" .
F

G
SCIA5140E

H
11. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.

K
SCIA5023E

12. Securely fasten terminal cord assembly and A/T fluid tempera-
L
ture sensor 2 harness with terminal clips.

SCIA5446E

Revision: October 2005 AT-237 2005 QX56

 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

13. Connect revolution sensor connector.

SCIA5024E

14. Securely fasten revolution sensor harness with terminal clips.

SCIA3969E

15. Install oil pan to transmission case, refer to AT-229, "Installation" .

16. Pull up A/T assembly harness connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA5038E

17. Install snap ring to A/T assembly harness connector.

18. Connect A/T assembly harness connector.
19. Pour ATF into transmission assembly. Refer to MA-24, "Chang-
ing A/T Fluid" .
20. Connect the negative battery terminal

SCIA5039E

Revision: October 2005 AT-238 2005 QX56

 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Removal A
1. Disconnect negative battery terminal
2. Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket, refer to AT-229, "Removal" .
B
3. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.
AT

E
SCIA5023E

4. Straighten terminal clip to free A/T fluid temperature sensor 2

harness. F

SCIA5146E

I
5. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 with bracket from con-
trol valve with TCM.
J

L
SCIA5253E

6. Remove bracket from A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. M

SCIA5264E

Revision: October 2005 AT-239 2005 QX56

 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

Installation
CAUTION:
After completing installation, check for A/T fluid leakage and fluid level. Refer to MA-24, "Changing A/
T Fluid" , MA-22, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
1. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 to bracket.

SCIA5264E

2. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 (with bracket) in control

valve with TCM. Tighten A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 mount-
ing bolt to the specified torque. Refer to AT-250, "Components" .
CAUTION:
Adjust bolt hole of bracket to bolt hole of control valve with
TCM.

SCIA5253E

3. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.

SCIA5023E

4. Securely fasten A/T temperature sensor 2 harness with terminal

clip.

SCIA5146E

5. Install oil pan to transmission case, refer to AT-229, "Installation" .

6. Connect the negative battery terminal

Revision: October 2005 AT-240 2005 QX56

 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

Rear Oil Seal ECS00CKY

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

Removal
1. Remove rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-5, "REMOVAL" .
2. Remove transfer from transmission (4WD models). Refer to TF- B
143, "REMOVAL" .
3. Remove rear oil seal using a flat-bladed screwdriver or suitable
tool. AT
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch rear extension assembly (2WD
models) or adapter case assembly (4WD models). D

H
SCIA5254E

Installation I
CAUTION:
After completing installation, check for A/T fluid leakage and fluid level. Refer to MA-24, "Changing A/
T Fluid" , MA-22, "Checking A/T Fluid" . J
1. Install new rear oil seal into the extension case (2WD models) or
adapter case (4WD models) until it is flush with component face,
using Tool or suitable drift.
K
CAUTION:
● Apply ATF to rear oil seal.

● Do not reuse rear oil seal.

L
2. Install transfer to transmission (4WD models). Refer to TF-143,
"INSTALLATION" .
3. Install rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-9, "INSTALLATION"
M

SCIA5583E

Revision: October 2005 AT-241 2005 QX56

 AIR BREATHER HOSE

AIR BREATHER HOSE PFP:31098

Removal and Installation ECS00CKZ

4X2
Refer to the figure below for air breather hose removal and installation procedure.

LCIA0331E

CAUTION:
● When installing an air breather hose, be careful not to be crushed or blocked by folding or bend-
ing the hose.
● When inserting a hose to the transmission tube, be sure to insert it fully until its end reaches the
tube bend portion.

Revision: October 2005 AT-242 2005 QX56

 AIR BREATHER HOSE

4X4
Refer to the figure below for air breather hose removal and installation procedure. A

AT

I
LCIA0332E

CAUTION:
● When installing an air breather hose, be careful not to be crushed or blocked by folding or bend- J
ing the hose.
● When inserting a hose to the transmission tube, be sure to insert it fully until its end reaches the
tube bend portion. K

Revision: October 2005 AT-243 2005 QX56

 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY

TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY PFP:31020

Removal and Installation (4x2) ECS00CL0

COMPONENTS

LCIA0354E

1. A/T fluid indicator pipe 2. A/T fluid indicator 3. O-ring

4. Transmission assembly 5. Fluid cooler tube 6. A/T cross member
7. Insulator 8. Copper washers

REMOVAL
CAUTION:
When removing the A/T assembly from engine, first remove the crankshaft position sensor (POS) from
the A/T assembly.
Be careful not to damage sensor edge.
1. Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
2. Remove engine cover.
3. Remove A/T fluid indicator gauge.
4. Remove engine under cover with power tool.
5. Remove exhaust front tube and center muffler with power tool. Refer to EX-4, "REMOVAL" .
6. Remove rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-9, "REMOVAL" .
7. Remove A/T control cable. Refer to AT-228, "REMOVAL" .

Revision: October 2005 AT-244 2005 QX56

 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY

8. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS) from A/T assembly.

9. Remove fluid cooler tube. A
10. Remove dust cover from converter housing part.

AT

LCIA0334E

D
11. Secure drive plate using Tool then remove drive plate to torque
converter bolts.
Tool number : — (J-47245) E

CAUTION:
When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from
the front of the engine. F
NOTE:
Tool must be removed and drive plate turned to access all drive
plate to torque converter bolts. G
12. Support A/T assembly with a transmission jack. LCIA0335E

CAUTION:
When setting the transmission jack, be careful not to allow it to collide against the drain plug. H
13. Remove cross member with power tool.
14. Remove air breather hose. Refer to AT-242, "Removal and Installation" .
I
15. Disconnect A/T assembly connector.
16. Remove A/T fluid indicator pipe from A/T assembly.
17. Plug up openings such as the A/T fluid indicator pipe hole, etc. J
18. Remove the A/T assembly to engine bolts with power tool.
19. Remove A/T assembly from vehicle using Tool and a transmis-
sion jack. K
CAUTION:
● Secure torque converter to prevent it from dropping.

● Secure A/T assembly to a transmission jack. L

SCIA0499E

INSPECTION
Installation and Inspection of Torque Converter
● After inserting a torque converter to a transmission, be sure to
check dimension A to ensure it is within the reference value
limit.
Dimension A : 24.0 mm (0.94 in) or more

SAT017B

Revision: October 2005 AT-245 2005 QX56

 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY

INSTALLATION
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of the removal, while paying attention to the
following:
● When installing transmission to the engine, attach the bolts as shown.
Transmission to : 113 N·m (12 kg-m, 83 ft-lb)
engine bolts
NOTE:
*: No.2 bolt also secures air breather vent.

LCIA0371E

● Align the positions of bolts for drive plate with those of the torque
converter, and temporarily tighten the bolts. Then, tighten the
bolts with the specified torque, using Tool to secure drive plate.
Tool number : — (J-47245)
CAUTION:
● When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from
the front of the engine.
● After converter is installed to drive plate, rotate crankshaft
several turns and check to be sure that transmission
rotates freely without binding. LCIA0335E

● Install crankshaft position sensor (POS).

● After completing installation, check fluid leakage, fluid level, and the positions of A/T. Refer to MA-22,
"Checking A/T Fluid" , AT-228, "Checking of A/T Position" , AT-228, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .

Revision: October 2005 AT-246 2005 QX56

 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY

Removal and Installation (4x4) ECS00CL1

COMPONENTS A

AT

WCIA0428E

1. A/T fluid indicator pipe 2. A/T fluid indicator 3. O-ring K

4. Transmission assembly 5. Fluid cooler tube 6. Copper washer
7. A/T cross member 8. Insulator
L
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
When removing the A/T assembly from engine, first remove the crankshaft position sensor (POS) from
the A/T assembly. M
Be careful not to damage sensor edge.
1. Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
2. Remove engine cover with power tool.
3. Remove A/T fluid indicator.
4. Remove engine under cover with power tool.
5. Remove exhaust front tube and center muffler with power tool. Refer to EX-4, "REMOVAL" .
6. Remove propeller shaft. Refer to PR-5, "REMOVAL" , and PR-9, "REMOVAL" .
7. Remove A/T control cable. Refer to AT-228, "REMOVAL" .

Revision: October 2005 AT-247 2005 QX56

 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY

8. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS) from A/T assembly.

9. Disconnect A/T fluid cooler tube from A/T assembly.
10. Remove dust cover from converter housing part.

LCIA0334E

11. Secure drive plate using Tool then remove drive plate to torque
converter bolts.
Tool number : — (J-47245)
CAUTION:
When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from
the front of the engine.
NOTE:
Tool must be removed and drive plate turned to access all drive
plate to torque converter bolts.
12. Support A/T assembly with a transmission jack. LCIA0335E

CAUTION:
When setting the transmission jack, be careful not to allow it to collide against the drain plug.
13. Remove cross member with power tool.
14. Tilt the transmission slightly to keep the clearance between body and transmission, and then disconnect
air breather hose from A/T fluid indicator pipe. Refer to AT-244, "REMOVAL" .
15. Disconnect A/T assembly connector and transfer unit connector.
16. Remove A/T fluid indicator pipe.
17. Plug up openings such as the fluid charging pipe hole, etc.
18. Remove A/T assembly to engine bolts with power tool.
19. Remove A/T assembly with transfer from vehicle, using Tool.
Tool number : — (J-47002)
CAUTION:
● Secure torque converter to prevent it from dropping.

● Secure A/T assembly to a transmission jack.

NOTE:
The actual special service tool may differ from tool shown.
20. Remove transfer from A/T assembly. Refer to TF-143,
"REMOVAL" .
SCIA2203E

INSPECTION
Installation and Inspection of Torque Converter
● After inserting a torque converter to a transmission, be sure to
check dimension A to ensure it is within the reference value
limit.
Dimension A : 24.0 mm (0.94 in) or more

SAT017B

Revision: October 2005 AT-248 2005 QX56

 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY

INSTALLATION
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal, while paying attention to the fol- A
lowing:
● When installing transmission to the engine, attach the bolts as shown.
B
Transmission to engine : 113 N·m (12 kg-m, 83 ft-lb)
bolts
NOTE: AT
*: No.2 bolt also secures air breather vent.

LCIA0371E E

● Align the positions of bolts for drive plate with those of the torque
converter, and temporarily tighten the bolts. Then, tighten the F
bolts with the specified torque, using Tool to secure drive plate.
Tool number : — (J-47245)
G
CAUTION:
● When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from
the front of the engine.
● After converter is installed to drive plate, rotate crankshaft H
several turns and check to be sure that transmission
rotates freely without binding. LCIA0335E

● Install crankshaft position sensor (POS). I

● After completing installation, check fluid leakage, fluid level, and the positions of A/T. Refer to MA-22,
"Checking A/T Fluid" , AT-228, "Checking of A/T Position" , AT-228, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .
J

Revision: October 2005 AT-249 2005 QX56

 OVERHAUL

OVERHAUL PFP:00000

Components ECS00CL2

SCIA5180E

Revision: October 2005 AT-250 2005 QX56

 OVERHAUL

1. O-ring 2. Oil pump cover 3. O-ring

4. Oil pump housing 5. Self-sealing bolt 6. Torque converter
A
7. Converter housing 8. Oil pump housing oil seal 9. Bearing race
10. Needle bearing 11. O-ring 12. Front carrier assembly
B
13. Needle bearing 14. Snap ring 15. Front sun gear
16. 3rd one-way clutch 17. Snap ring 18. Bearing race
19. Needle bearing 20. Seal ring 21. Input clutch assembly
AT
22. Needle bearing 23. Rear internal gear 24. Brake band
25. Mid carrier assembly 26. Needle bearing 27. Bearing race
28. Rear carrier assembly 29. Needle bearing 30. Mid sun gear
D
31. Seal ring 32. Rear sun gear 33. 1st one-way clutch
34. Snap ring 35. Needle bearing 36. High and low reverse clutch hub
37. Snap ring 38. Bearing race 39. Needle bearing
E

Revision: October 2005 AT-251 2005 QX56

 OVERHAUL

SCIA5181E

1. Bearing race 2. High and low reverse clutch assem- 3. Needle bearing
bly
4. Direct clutch assembly 5. Needle bearing 6. Reverse brake dish plate

Revision: October 2005 AT-252 2005 QX56

 OVERHAUL

7. Reverse brake driven plate 8. N-spring 9. Snap ring

10. Reverse brake retaining plate 11. Reverse brake drive plate 12. Snap ring A
13. Spring retainer 14. Return spring 15. Reverse brake piston
16. D-ring 17. D-ring
B

AT

Revision: October 2005 AT-253 2005 QX56

 OVERHAUL

2WD models

SCIA5663E

1. Rear oil seal 2. Bracket 3. Bracket

4. Rear extension 5. Parking actuator support 6. Return spring

Revision: October 2005 AT-254 2005 QX56

 OVERHAUL

7. Parking pawl 8. Pawl shaft 9. Self-sealing bolt

10. Bracket 11. Seal ring 12. Needle bearing A
13. Revolution sensor 14. Parking gear 15. Output shaft
16. Bearing race 17. Needle bearing 18. Manual plate
19. Parking rod 20. Manual shaft oil seal 21. Manual shaft B
22. O-ring 23. Band servo anchor end pin 24. Detent spring
25. Spacer 26. Seal rings 27. Return spring
28. O-ring 29. Servo assembly 30. Snap ring AT
31. Snap ring 32. Sub-harness 33. Control valve with TCM
34. Bracket 35. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 36. Oil pan
37. Magnet 38. Drain plug 39. Drain plug gasket
D
40. Oil pan bolt 41. Oil pan gasket 42. Terminal cord assembly
43. O-ring 44. Retaining pin 45. Transmission case
E

Revision: October 2005 AT-255 2005 QX56

 OVERHAUL

4WD models

SCIA5664E

1. Rear oil seal 2. Bracket 3. Adapter case

4. Parking actuator support 5. Return spring 6. Parking pawl

Revision: October 2005 AT-256 2005 QX56

 OVERHAUL

7. Pawl shaft 8. Bracket 9. Self-sealing bolt

10. Seal ring 11. Needle bearing 12. Gasket A
13. Revolution sensor 14. Parking gear 15. Output shaft
16. Bearing race 17. Needle bearing 18. Manual plate
19. Parking rod 20. Manual shaft oil seal 21. Manual shaft B
22. O-ring 23. Band servo anchor end pin 24. Detent spring
25. Spacer 26. Seal rings 27. Return spring
28. O-ring 29. Servo assembly 30. Snap ring AT
31. Snap ring 32. Sub-harness 33. Control valve with TCM
34. Bracket 35. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 36. Oil pan
37. Magnet 38. Drain plug 39. Drain plug gasket
D
40. Oil pan bolt 41. Oil pan gasket 42. Terminal cord assembly
43. O-ring 44. Retaining pin 45. Transmission case
E

Revision: October 2005 AT-257 2005 QX56

 OVERHAUL

Oil Channel ECS00CL3

2WD models

SCIA5185E

Revision: October 2005 AT-258 2005 QX56

 OVERHAUL

4WD models
A

AT

SCIA5189E

Revision: October 2005 AT-259 2005 QX56

 OVERHAUL

Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap

Rings ECS00CL4

2WD models

SCIA5196E

Revision: October 2005 AT-260 2005 QX56

 OVERHAUL

4WD models
A

AT

SCIA5197E

Revision: October 2005 AT-261 2005 QX56

 DISASSEMBLY

DISASSEMBLY PFP:31020

Disassembly ECS00CL5

CAUTION:
Do not disassemble parts behind Drum Support. Refer to AT-16, "Cross-Sectional View (2WD models)"
or AT-17, "Cross-Sectional View (4WD models)" .
1. Drain ATF through drain plug.
2. Remove torque converter by holding it firmly and turing while
pulling straight out.

SCIA5010E

3. Check torque converter one-way clutch using check tool as

shown.
a. Insert check tool into the groove of bearing support built into
one-way clutch outer race.
b. When fixing bearing support with check tool, rotate one- way
clutch spline using screwdriver.
c. Check that inner race rotates clockwise only. If not, replace
torque converter assembly.

SCIA3171E

4. Remove converter housing from transmission case.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch converter housing.

SCIA5171E

Revision: October 2005 AT-262 2005 QX56

 DISASSEMBLY

5. Remove O-ring from input clutch assembly.

A

AT

SCIA5011E

D
6. Remove tightening bolts for oil pump assembly and transmis-
sion case.
E

G
SCIA2300E

7. Attach sliding hammer to oil pump assembly and extract it H

evenly from transmission case.
CAUTION:
● Fully tighten sliding hammer screw. I
● Make sure that bearing race is installed to the oil pump
assembly edge surface.
J

SCIA5474E

8. Remove O-ring from oil pump assembly.

SCIA5172E

Revision: October 2005 AT-263 2005 QX56

 DISASSEMBLY

9. Remove bearing race from oil pump assembly.

SCIA5252E

10. Remove needle bearing from front sun gear assembly.

SCIA2808E

11. Remove front sun gear assembly from front carrier assembly.
NOTE:
Remove front sun gear assembly by rotating left/right.

SCIA5014E

12. Remove seal rings from input clutch assembly.

SCIA5269E

13. Remove front carrier assembly, input clutch assembly and rear
internal gear as a unit.
CAUTION:
Be careful to remove it with needle bearing.

SCIA5173E

Revision: October 2005 AT-264 2005 QX56

 DISASSEMBLY

14. Loosen lock nut and remove band servo anchor end pin from A
transmission case.

AT

SCIA5016E
D

15. Remove brake band from transmission case.

E

SCIA5345E

H
● To prevent brake linings from cracking or peeling, do not
stretch the flexible band unnecessarily. When removing
the brake band, always secure it with a clip as shown in I
the figure at left.
Leave the clip in position after removing the brake band.
● Check brake band facing for damage, cracks, wear or
J
burns.

K
SAT655

L
16. Remove mid carrier assembly and rear carrier assembly as a
unit.
M

SCIA5344E

Revision: October 2005 AT-265 2005 QX56

 DISASSEMBLY

17. Remove mid carrier assembly from rear carrier assembly.

SCIA5174E

18. Remove needle bearing (front side) from mid carrier assembly.

SCIA5176E

19. Remove needle bearing (rear side) from mid carrier assembly.

SCIA5177E

20. Remove bearing race from rear carrier assembly.

SCIA5178E

21. Remove needle bearing from rear carrier assembly.

SCIA5179E

Revision: October 2005 AT-266 2005 QX56

 DISASSEMBLY

22. Remove mid sun gear assembly, rear sun gear assembly and
high and low reverse clutch hub as a unit. A
CAUTION:
Be careful to remove then with bearing races and needle
bearing. B

AT

SCIA5018E
D
23. Remove high and low reverse clutch assembly from direct clutch
assembly.
CAUTION: E
Make sure that needle bearing is installed to the high and
low reverse clutch assembly edge surface.
F

G
SCIA2306E

24. Remove direct clutch assembly from reverse brake. H

SCIA5019E K

25. Remove needle bearing from drum support edge surface.

L

SCIA5198E

26. Remove snap ring from A/T assembly harness connector.

SCIA5021E

Revision: October 2005 AT-267 2005 QX56

 DISASSEMBLY

27. Push A/T assembly harness connector.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA5022E

28. Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket, refer to AT-229, "Removal" .
29. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA5023E

30. Straighten terminal clip to free terminal cord assembly and A/T
fluid temperature sensor 2 harness.

SCIA5446E

31. Disconnect revolution sensor connector.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA5024E

Revision: October 2005 AT-268 2005 QX56

 DISASSEMBLY

32. Straighten terminal clips to free revolution sensor harness.

A

AT

SCIA5293E

D
33. Remove bolts A, B and C from control valve with TCM.
Bolt symbol Length mm (in) Number of bolts
E
A 42 (1.65) 5
B 55 (2.17) 6
C 40 (1.57) 1 F

G
SCIA5025E

34. Remove control valve with TCM from transmission case. H

CAUTION:
When removing, be careful with transmission assembly ter-
minal connector and the manual valve notch and manual
I
plate height. Remove it vertically.

SCIA5308E K
35. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 with bracket from con-
trol valve with TCM.
L

SCIA5301E

36. Remove bracket from A/T fluid temperature sensor 2.

SCIA5264E

Revision: October 2005 AT-269 2005 QX56

 DISASSEMBLY

37. Remove O-ring from A/T assembly harness connector.

SCIA5155E

38. Disconnect TCM connectors.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connectors.

SCIA5447E

39. Remove A/T assembly harness connector from control valve

with TCM using flat blade screwdriver.

SCIA5448E

40. Disconnect TCM connector and park/neutral position switch

connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connectors.

SCIA5449E

41. Remove rear extension assembly (2WD models) or adapter case assembly (4WD models) according to
the following procedures.

Revision: October 2005 AT-270 2005 QX56

 DISASSEMBLY

a. 2WD models
i. Remove tightening bolts for rear extension assembly and trans- A
mission case.
ii. Remove bracket.
B

AT

SCIA5349E

D
iii. Tap rear extension assembly with soft hammer.

G
SCIA5028E

iv. Remove rear extension assembly from transmission case. (With

H
needle bearing)

SCIA5029E
K
b. 4WD models
i. Remove tightening bolts for adapter case assembly and trans-
mission case. L
ii. Remove bracket.

SCIA5203E

Revision: October 2005 AT-271 2005 QX56

 DISASSEMBLY

iii. Tap adapter case assembly with soft hammer.

iv. Remove adapter case assembly from transmission case. (With
needle bearing)

SCIA5205E

v. Remove gasket from transmission case.

SCIA5231E

42. Remove bearing race from output shaft.

SCIA5245E

43. Remove output shaft from transmission case by rotating left/

right.

SCIA5030E

Revision: October 2005 AT-272 2005 QX56

 DISASSEMBLY

44. Remove parking gear from output shaft.

A

AT

SCIA5247E

D
45. Remove seal rings from output shaft.

G
SCIA5209E

46. Remove needle bearing from transmission case.

H

SCIA5213E
K
47. Remove revolution sensor from transmission case.
CAUTION:
● Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it.
L
● Be careful not to damage harness with the edge of case.

● Do not allow metal filings, etc., to get on the sensor's

M
front edge magnetic area.
● Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.

SCIA2320E

48. Remove reverse brake snap ring (fixing plate) using 2 flat-
bladed screwdrivers.
NOTE:
Press out snap ring from the transmission case oil pan side gap
using a flat-bladed screwdriver, and remove it using another
screwdriver.
49. Remove reverse brake retaining plate from transmission case.

SCIA5032E

Revision: October 2005 AT-273 2005 QX56

 DISASSEMBLY

50. Remove N-spring from transmission case.

SCIA5214E

51. Remove reverse brake drive plates, driven plates and dish plate
from transmission case.

SCIA2322E

52. Remove snap ring (fixing spring retainer) from transmission

case while compressing return spring, using Tool.
Tool number : KV31102400 (J-34285 and J- 34285-87)

SCIA5582E

53. Remove spring retainer and return spring from transmission

case.

SCIA2324E

Revision: October 2005 AT-274 2005 QX56

 DISASSEMBLY

54. Remove seal rings from drum support.

A

AT

SCIA3333E

D
55. Remove needle bearing from drum support edge surface.

G
SCIA2796E

56. Remove reverse brake piston from transmission case with com-
H
pressed air. Refer to AT-258, "Oil Channel" .
CAUTION:
Care should be taken not to abruptly blow air. It makes pis-
tons incline, as the result, it becomes hard to disassemble I
the pistons.

SCIA5047E

57. Remove D-rings from reverse brake piston.

SCIA5340E

Revision: October 2005 AT-275 2005 QX56

 DISASSEMBLY

58. Use a pin punch (4mm dia. commercial service tool) to knock
out retaining pin.

SCIA2328E

59. Remove manual shaft retaining pin with pliers.

SCIA5218E

60. Remove manual plate (with parking rod) from manual shaft.

SCIA5219E

61. Remove parking rod from manual plate.

SCIA5220E

62. Remove manual shaft from transmission case.

SCIA5716E

Revision: October 2005 AT-276 2005 QX56

 DISASSEMBLY

63. Remove manual shaft oil seals using a flat-bladed screwdriver.

A
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch transmission case.

AT

SCIA5355E
D
64. Remove detent spring and spacer from transmission case.

G
SCIA5248E

H
65. Remove snap ring from transmission case, using suitable tool.

K
SCIA2333E

66. Remove servo assembly (with return spring) from transmission L

case.

SCIA2334E

Revision: October 2005 AT-277 2005 QX56

 DISASSEMBLY

67. Remove return spring from servo assembly.

SCIA5717E

68. Remove O-rings from servo assembly.

SCIA5719E

69. Remove parking actuator support from rear extension (2WD

models) or adapter case (4WD models).

SCIA3423E

70. Remove parking pawl (with return spring) and pawl shaft from
rear extension (2WD models) or adapter case (4WD models).

SCIA3424E

71. Remove return spring from parking pawl.

SCIA2445E

Revision: October 2005 AT-278 2005 QX56

 DISASSEMBLY

72. Remove needle bearing from rear extension (2WD models) or

adapter case (4WD models). A

AT

SCIA5221E
D
73. Remove rear oil seal from rear extension (2WD models) or
adapter case (4WD models).
CAUTION: E
Be careful not to scratch rear extension (2WD models) or
adapter case (4WD models).
F

SCIA5272E
K

Revision: October 2005 AT-279 2005 QX56

 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS PFP:00000

Oil Pump ECS00CL6

COMPONENTS

SCIA5227E

1. O-ring 2. Oil pump cover 3. O-ring

4. Oil pump housing 5. Oil pump housing oil seal

DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove oil pump housing from oil pump cover.

SCIA5228E

2. Remove oil pump housing oil seal using a flat-bladed screw-

driver.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch oil pump housing.

SCIA2840E

Revision: October 2005 AT-280 2005 QX56

 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

3. Remove O-ring from oil pump housing.

A

AT

SCIA2841E

D
4. Remove O-ring from oil pump cover.

G
SCIA5230E

ASSEMBLY H
1. Install new O-ring to oil pump cover.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring. I
● Apply ATF to O-ring.

K
SCIA5230E

2. Install new O-ring to oil pump housing. L

CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring.

● Apply ATF to O-ring.

M

SCIA2841E

Revision: October 2005 AT-281 2005 QX56

 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

3. Install oil pump housing oil seal to the oil pump housing until it is
flush with the face of oil pump housing, using Tool.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse oil seal.

● Apply ATF to oil seal.

Tool number : ST33400001 (J-26082)

SCIA5313E

4. Install oil pump housing in oil pump cover. Tighten oil pump
housing bolt to the specified torque. Refer to AT-250, "Compo-
nents" .

SCIA5228E

Front Sun Gear, 3rd One-Way Clutch ECS00CL7

COMPONENTS

SCIA3114E

1. Front sun gear 2. 3rd one-way clutch 3. Snap ring

DISASSEMBLY
1. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, remove snap ring from front sun
gear.

SCIA3110E

Revision: October 2005 AT-282 2005 QX56

 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

2. Remove 3rd one-way clutch from front sun gear.

A

AT

SCIA3111E
D
INSPECTION
3rd One-way Clutch
E
● Check frictional surface for wear or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the 3rd one-way clutch.
F
Front Sun Gear Snap Ring
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION: G
If necessary, replace the snap ring.
Front Sun Gear
H
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the front sun gear.
I
ASSEMBLY
1. Install 3rd one-way clutch in front sun gear.
CAUTION: J
Apply ATF to 3rd one-way clutch.

SCIA3111E

M
2. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, install snap ring in front sun
gear.

SCIA3110E

3. Check operation of 3rd one-way clutch.

a. Hold oil pump assembly and turn front sun gear.

Revision: October 2005 AT-283 2005 QX56

 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

b. Check 3rd one-way clutch for correct locking and unlocking

directions.
CAUTION:
If not as shown in illustration, check installation direction of
3rd one-way clutch.

SCIA3131E

Front Carrier, Input Clutch, Rear Internal Gear ECS00CL8

COMPONENTS

SCIA5244E

Revision: October 2005 AT-284 2005 QX56

 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

1. Seal ring 2. O-ring 3. Needle bearing

4. Bearing race 5. Front carrier assembly 6. Needle bearing
A
7. Snap ring 8. Snap ring 9. Retaining plate
10. Driven plate 11. Input clutch drum 12. Drive plate
B
13. Rear internal gear

DISASSEMBLY
1. Compress snap ring using 2 flat-bladed screwdrivers. AT
2. Remove front carrier assembly and input clutch assembly from
rear internal gear.
3. Remove front carrier assembly from input clutch assembly. D

SCIA5661E F

a. Remove bearing race from front carrier assembly.

G

SCIA5232E

J
b. Remove needle bearing from front carrier assembly.

M
SCIA5233E

c. Remove snap ring from front carrier assembly.

CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.

SCIA5234E

Revision: October 2005 AT-285 2005 QX56

 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

4. Disassemble input clutch assembly.

a. Remove O-ring and seal rings from input clutch assembly.

SCIA5235E

b. Remove needle bearing from input clutch assembly.

SCIA2853E

c. Remove snap ring from input clutch drum, using flat-bladed

screwdriver.
d. Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate from input
clutch drum.

SCIA2864E

INSPECTION
Front Carrier Snap Ring
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the snap ring.
Input Clutch Snap Ring
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the input clutch assembly.
Input Clutch Drum
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage or burns.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the input clutch assembly.
Input Clutch Drive Plates
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the input clutch assembly.
Input Clutch Retaining Plate and Driven Plates
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.

Revision: October 2005 AT-286 2005 QX56

 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the input clutch assembly. A
Front Carrier Assembly
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
B
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the front carrier assembly.
Rear Internal Gear AT
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the rear internal gear. D
ASSEMBLY
1. Install input clutch.
a. Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate in input E
clutch drum.
CAUTION:
Take care with order of plates. F

SCIA5237E

L
b. Install snap ring in input clutch drum, using flat-bladed screw-
driver.

SCIA2864E

Revision: October 2005 AT-287 2005 QX56

 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

c. Install needle bearing in input clutch assembly.

CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.

SCIA2853E

d. Install new O-ring and seal rings in input clutch assembly.

CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring and seal rings.

● Apply ATF to O-ring.

● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.

SCIA5235E

2. Install front carrier assembly.

a. Install snap ring to front carrier assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.

SCIA5234E

b. Install needle bearing in front carrier assembly.

CAUTION:
● Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to
AT-260, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" .
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.

SCIA5233E

c. Install bearing race in front carrier assembly.

CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.
d. Install front carrier assembly to input clutch assembly.

SCIA5232E

Revision: October 2005 AT-288 2005 QX56

 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

3. Compress snap ring using 2 flat-bladed screwdrivers.

A
4. Install front carrier assembly and input clutch assembly to rear
internal gear.

AT

SCIA5661E
D
Mid Sun Gear, Rear Sun Gear, High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub ECS00CL9

COMPONENTS
E

SCIA5343E

1. Needle bearing 2. Bearing race 3. Snap ring

K
4. High and low reverse clutch hub 5. Needle bearing 6. Snap ring
7. 1st one-way clutch 8. Rear sun gear 9. Seal ring
10. Mid sun gear
L
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove needle bearing and bearing races from high and low
reverse clutch hub. M

SCIA5238E

Revision: October 2005 AT-289 2005 QX56

 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

2. Remove snap ring from mid sun gear assembly, using suitable
tool.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.

SCIA2855E

3. Remove high and low reverse clutch hub from mid sun gear
assembly.

SCIA2856E

a. Remove needle bearing from high and low reverse clutch hub.

SCIA2857E

4. Remove rear sun gear assembly from mid sun gear assembly.

SCIA2858E

Revision: October 2005 AT-290 2005 QX56

 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

a. Remove snap ring from rear sun gear, using suitable tool.
A

AT

SCIA2859E

D
b. Remove 1st one-way clutch from rear sun gear.

G
SCIA4633E

5. Remove seal rings from mid sun gear.

H

SCIA2861E
K

INSPECTION
High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub Snap Ring, Rear Sun Gear Snap Ring L
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the snap ring. M
1st One-way Clutch
● Check frictional surface for wear or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the 1st one-way clutch.
Mid Sun Gear
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the mid sun gear.
Rear Sun Gear
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the rear sun gear.
High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.

Revision: October 2005 AT-291 2005 QX56

 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the high and low reverse clutch hub.
ASSEMBLY
1. Install new seal rings from mid sun gear.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse seal rings.

● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.

SCIA2861E

2. Install 1st one-way clutch to rear sun gear.

CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to 1st one-way clutch.

SCIA4633E

3. Install snap ring to rear sun gear, using suitable tool.

SCIA2859E

4. Install rear sun gear assembly to mid sun gear assembly.

SCIA2858E

Revision: October 2005 AT-292 2005 QX56

 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

5. Install needle bearing to high and low reverse clutch hub.

CAUTION: A
● Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to
AT-260, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" . B
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.

AT

SCIA2857E

D
6. Install high and low reverse clutch hub to mid sun gear assem-
bly.
E

G
SCIA2856E

7. Install snap ring to mid sun gear assembly, using suitable tool.
H
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.
I

SCIA2855E
K
8. Check operation of 1st one-way clutch.
a. Hold mid sun gear and turn rear sun gear.
L
b. Check 1st one-way clutch for correct locking and unlocking
directions.
CAUTION:
M
If not as shown in illustration, check installation direction of
1st one-way clutch.

SCIA3132E

9. Install needle bearing and bearing races to high and low reverse
clutch hub.
CAUTION:
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing and bearing
races.
● Take care with order of bearing races.

SCIA5238E

Revision: October 2005 AT-293 2005 QX56

 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

High and Low Reverse Clutch ECS00CLA

COMPONENTS

SCIA5239E

1. High and low reverse clutch drum 2. Driven plate 3. Retaining plate
4. Snap ring 5. Drive plate 6. Bearing race

DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove bearing race from high and low reverse clutch drum.

SCIA5240E

2. Remove snap ring from high and low reverse clutch drum, using
flat-bladed screwdriver.
3. Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate from high
and low reverse clutch drum.

SCIA2868E

INSPECTION
● Check the following, and replace high and low reverse clutch assembly if necessary.
High and Low Reverse Clutch Snap Ring
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
High and Low Reverse Clutch Drive Plates
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.

Revision: October 2005 AT-294 2005 QX56

 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

High and Low Reverse Clutch Retaining Plate and Driven Plates
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage. A

ASSEMBLY
1. Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate in high and
B
low reverse clutch drum.
CAUTION:
Take care with the order of plates.
AT

H
SCIA5241E

2. Install snap ring in high and low reverse clutch drum, using flat- I
bladed screwdriver.

SCIA2868E L

3. Install bearing race to high and low reverse clutch drum.

CAUTION: M
Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.

SCIA5240E

Revision: October 2005 AT-295 2005 QX56

 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

Direct Clutch ECS00CLB

COMPONENTS

SCIA5242E

1. Direct clutch drum 2. Driven plate 3. Retaining plate

4. Snap ring 5. Drive plate

DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove snap rings from direct clutch drum, using flat-bladed
screwdriver.
2. Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate from
direct clutch drum.

SCIA2868E

INSPECTION
● Check the following, and replace direct clutch assembly if necessary.
Direct Clutch Snap Rings
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
Direct Clutch Drive Plates
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
Direct Clutch Retaining Plate and Driven Plates
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.

Revision: October 2005 AT-296 2005 QX56

 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

ASSEMBLY
1. Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate in direct A
clutch drum.
CAUTION:
Take care with the order of plates. B

AT

SCIA5243E

H
2. Install snap rings in direct clutch drum, using flat-bladed screw-
driver.

K
SCIA2868E

Revision: October 2005 AT-297 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY PFP:00000

Assembly (1) ECS00CLC

1. Use a drift [commercial service tool φ22 mm (0.87 in)] to drive

manual shaft oil seals into the transmission case until it is flush
as shown.
CAUTION:
● Apply ATF to manual shaft oil seals.

● Do not reuse manual shaft oil seals.

SCIA5256E

2. Install detent spring and spacer in transmission case. Tighten

bolt to the specified torque. Refer to AT-250, "Components" .

SCIA5248E

3. Install manual shaft to transmission case.

SCIA5716E

4. Install parking rod to manual plate.

SCIA5220E

Revision: October 2005 AT-298 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

5. Install manual plate (with parking rod) to manual shaft.

A

AT

SCIA5219E

D
6. Install new retaining pin into the manual plate and manual shaft.
a. Fit pinhole of the manual plate to pinhole of the manual shaft
using suitable tool. E
b. Tap the retaining pin into the manual plate, using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
● Drive retaining pin to 2mm (0.8 in) over the manual plate. F
● Do not reuse retaining pin.

G
SCIA5297E

7. Install new retaining pin into the transmission case and manual
H
shaft.
a. Fit pinhole of the transmission case to pinhole of the manual
shaft using suitable tool.
I
b. Tap the new retaining pin into the transmission case, using suit-
able tool.
CAUTION:
● Drive retaining pin to 5 mm (0.20 in) over the transmis-
J
sion case.
● Do not reuse retaining pin.
SCIA2427E
K
8. Install new O-rings to servo assembly.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-rings.
L
● Apply petroleum jelly to O-rings.

SCIA5719E

9. Install return spring to servo assembly.

SCIA5717E

Revision: October 2005 AT-299 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

10. Install servo assembly in transmission case.

SCIA2334E

11. Install snap ring to transmission case, using suitable tool.

SCIA2333E

12. Install new D-rings in reverse brake piston.

CAUTION:
● Do not reuse D-rings.

● Apply ATF to D-rings.

SCIA5340E

13. Install reverse brake piston in transmission case.

SCIA2325E

14. Install needle bearing to drum support edge surface.

CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.

SCIA2796E

Revision: October 2005 AT-300 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

15. Install new seal rings to drum support.

A
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse seal rings.

● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.

B

AT

SCIA3333E
D
16. Install spring retainer and return spring in transmission case.

G
SCIA2324E

17. Install snap ring (fixing spring retainer) in transmission case H

while compressing return spring, using Tool.
CAUTION:
Securely assemble them using a flat-bladed screwdriver so I
that snap ring tension is slightly weak.
Tool number : KV31102400 (J-34285, J-34285-87)
J

SCIA5582E

Revision: October 2005 AT-301 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

18. Install reverse brake drive plates, driven plates and dish plate in
transmission case.
CAUTION:
Take care with the order and direction of plates.

SCIA5342E

19. Assemble N-spring.

20. Install reverse brake retaining plate in transmission case.

SCIA5249E

21. Install snap ring in transmission case.

SCIA2439E

Revision: October 2005 AT-302 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

22. Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring. If not
within specified clearance, select proper retaining plate. A
Specified clearance “A”:
Standard: 0.7 - 1.1mm (0.028 - 0.043 in)
B
Retaining plate:
Refer to AT-323, "Reverse brake" .
AT

SCIA5341E

D
23. Install needle bearing to transmission case.
CAUTION:
● Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to
E
AT-260, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" .
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
F

G
SCIA5213E

24. Install revolution sensor to transmission case. Tighten revolution

sensor bolt to the specified torque. Refer to AT-250, "Compo- H
nents" .
CAUTION:
● Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it. I
● Be careful not to damage harness with the edge of case.

● Do not allow metal filings, etc., to get on the sensor's

front edge magnetic area. J
● Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.

SCIA2320E
K
25. Install new rear oil seal into the rear extension (2WD models) or
adapter case (4WD models) until it is flush with component face,
using Tool or suitable drift. L
CAUTION:
● Apply ATF to rear oil seal.

● Do not reuse rear oil seal. M

SCIA5581E

Revision: October 2005 AT-303 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

26. Install return spring to parking pawl.

SCIA2445E

27. Install parking pawl (with return spring) and pawl shaft to rear
extension (2WD models) or adapter case (4WD models).

SCIA3424E

28. Install parking actuator support to rear extension (2WD models)

or adapter case (4WD models).

SCIA3423E

29. Install needle bearing to rear extension (2WD models) or

adapter case (4WD models).
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.

SCIA5221E

30. Install new seal rings to output shaft.

CAUTION:
● Do not reuse seal rings.

● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.

SCIA5209E

Revision: October 2005 AT-304 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

31. Install parking gear to output shaft.

A

AT

SCIA5247E
D
32. Install output shaft in transmission case.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to mistake front for rear because both sides E
looks similar. (Thinner end is front side.)

G
SCIA5030E

33. Install bearing race in output shaft. H

SCIA5245E K

34. Install rear extension assembly (2WD models) or adapter case assembly (4WD models) according to the
following procedures.
L
a. 2WD models
i. Apply recommended sealant (Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket
or equivalent. Refer to GI-45, "Recommended Chemical Prod-
M
ucts and Sealants" .) to rear extension assembly as shown.
CAUTION:
Complete remove all moisture, oil and old sealant, etc.
From the transmission case and rear extension assembly
mounting surfaces.

SCIA5212E

Revision: October 2005 AT-305 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

ii. Install rear extension assembly to transmission case.

SCIA5029E

iii. Install bracket.

iv. Tighten rear extension assembly bolts to specified torque.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse self-sealing bolt.
Rear extension assembly : 52 N·m (5.3 kg-m, 38 ft-lb)
bolt
Self-sealing bolt : 61 N·m (6.2 kg-m, 45 ft-lb)

SCIA5349E

b. 4WD models
i. Install new gasket to transmission case.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse gasket.

● Complete remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc.

From the transmission case and adapter case assembly
mounting surfaces.

SCIA5231E

ii. Install adapter case assembly to transmission case.

SCIA5205E

Revision: October 2005 AT-306 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

iii. Install bracket.

iv. Tighten adapter case assembly bolts to specified torque. A
CAUTION:
Do not reuse self-sealing bolt.
Adapter case assem- : 52 N·m (5.3 kg-m, 38 ft-lb) B
bly bolt
Self-sealing bolt : 61 N·m (6.2 kg-m, 45 ft-lb)
AT

G
SCIA5203E

35. Install needle bearing in drum support edge surface.

CAUTION: H
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.

SCIA5198E

K
36. Install direct clutch assembly in reverse brake.

SCIA5019E

37. Install high and low reverse clutch assembly in direct clutch
assembly.

SCIA2306E

Revision: October 2005 AT-307 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

38. Range the drive plate, using flat-bladed screwdriver.

SCIA3169E

39. Install high and low reverse clutch hub, mid sun gear assembly
and rear sun gear assembly as a unit.

SCIA5018E

CAUTION:
Check that portion A of high and low reverse clutch drum
protrudes approximately 2 mm (0.08 in) beyond portion B of
rear sun gear.

SCIA3130E

40. Install needle bearing in rear carrier assembly.

CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.

SCIA5179E

Revision: October 2005 AT-308 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

41. Install bearing race in rear carrier assembly.

CAUTION: A
Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.

AT

SCIA5178E

D
42. Install rear carrier assembly in direct clutch drum.

G
SCIA2462E

43. Install needle bearing (rear side) in mid carrier assembly.

H
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
I

SCIA5177E
K
44. Install needle bearing (front side) in mid carrier assembly.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing. L

SCIA5176E

45. Install mid carrier assembly in rear carrier assembly.

SCIA5344E

Revision: October 2005 AT-309 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

46. Install front carrier assembly, input clutch assembly and rear
internal gear as a unit.

SCIA5173E

47. Install new seal rings in input clutch assembly.

CAUTION:
● Do not reuse seal rings.

● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.

SCIA5269E

48. Install new band servo anchor end pin and lock nut in transmis-
sion case.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse band servo anchor end pin.

SCIA5016E

49. Install brake band in transmission case.

CAUTION:
Assemble it so that identification to avoid incorrect installa-
tion faces servo side.

SCIA5498E

50. Install front sun gear assembly to front carrier assembly.

CAUTION:
Apply ATF to front sun gear radial bearing and 3rd one-way
clutch end bearing.

SCIA5014E

Revision: October 2005 AT-310 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

51. Install needle bearing in front sun gear assembly.

A
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.

AT

SCIA2808E
D
52. Adjust brake band tilting using clips so that brake band contacts
front sun gear drum evenly.
E

G
SCIA5033E

53. Adjust brake band. H

a. Loosen lock nut.
b. Tighten band servo anchor end pin to specified torque.
I
Band servo anchor : 5.0 N·m (0.51 kg-m, 44 in-lb)
end pin torque:
c. Back of band servo anchor end pin three turns. J
d. Holding band servo anchor end pin, tighten lock nut to specified
torque. Refer to AT-250, "Components" .
SCIA5498E K
Adjustment ECS00CLD

TOTAL END PLAY

● Measure clearance between front sun gear and bearing race for L
oil pump cover.
● Select proper thickness of bearing race so that end play is within
specifications. M

SCIA2810E

Revision: October 2005 AT-311 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

1. Measure dimensions “K” and “L” and then calculate dimension

“J”.

SCIA5350E

a. Measure dimension “K”.

SCIA5351E

b. Measure dimension “L”.

c. Calculate dimension “J”.
“J”: Distance between oil pump fitting surface of
transmission case and needle bearing mating surface
of front sun gear.
J=K–L

SCIA5352E

2. Measure dimensions “M1 ” and “M2 ” and then calculate dimen-

sion “M”.

SCIA3125E

a. Place bearing race and needle bearing on oil pump assembly.

SCIA3124E

Revision: October 2005 AT-312 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

b. Measure dimension “M1 ”.

A

AT

SCIA3126E
D
c. Measure dimension “M2 ”.

G
SCIA3127E

d. Calculate dimension “M”. H

“M”: Distance between transmission case fitting sur-
face of oil pump and needle bearing on oil pump.
M = M1 – M 2 I

SCIA3125E K
3. Adjust total end play “T1 ”.
T1 = J – M L
Total end play “T1 ”:
0.25 - 0.55 mm (0.0098 - 0.0217 in)
● Select proper thickness of bearing race so that total end play M
is within specifications.
Bearing races:
Refer to AT-323, "BEARING RACE FOR ADJUST-
ING TOTAL END PLAY" . SCIA2810E

Revision: October 2005 AT-313 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

Assembly (2) ECS00CLE

1. Install new O-ring to oil pump assembly.

CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring.

● Apply ATF to O-ring.

SCIA5172E

2. Install bearing race to oil pump assembly.

CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.

SCIA5252E

3. Install oil pump assembly in transmission case.

CAUTION:
Apply ATF to oil pump radial bearing.

SCIA2811E

4. Apply recommended sealant (Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or

equivalent. Refer to GI-45, "Recommended Chemical Products
and Sealants" .) to oil pump assembly as shown.
CAUTION:
Complete remove all moisture, oil and old sealant, etc.
From the oil pump bolts and oil pump bolt surfaces.

SCIA5321E

Revision: October 2005 AT-314 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

5. Tighten oil pump bolts to specified torque. Refer to AT-250,

"Components" . A
CAUTION:
Apply ATF to oil pump bushing.
B

AT

SCIA2300E

D
6. Install new O-ring to input clutch assembly.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring. E
● Apply ATF to O-ring.

G
SCIA5011E

7. Install converter housing to transmission case.

H
CAUTION:
Do not reuse self-sealing bolt.
Converter housing : 52 N·m (5.3 kg-m, 38 ft-lb) I
bolt
Self-sealing bolt : 61 N·m (6.2 kg-m, 45 ft-lb)
J

SCIA5171E
K
8. Make sure that brake band does not close turbine revolution
sensor hole.
L

SCIA5034E

9. Install control valve with TCM.

a. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 to bracket.

SCIA5264E

Revision: October 2005 AT-315 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

b. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 (with bracket) in control

valve with TCM. Tighten A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 bolt to
the specified torque. Refer to AT-250, "Components" .
CAUTION:
Adjust bolt hole of bracket to bolt hole of control valve with
TCM.

SCIA5301E

c. Install new O-ring to A/T assembly harness connector.

CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring.

● Apply ATF to O-ring.

SCIA5155E

d. Connect TCM connector and park/neutral position switch con-

nector.

SCIA5449E

e. Install A/T assembly harness connector to control valve with

TCM.

SCIA5450E

f. Connect TCM connectors.

SCIA5447E

Revision: October 2005 AT-316 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

g. Install control valve with TCM in transmission case.

A
CAUTION:
● Make sure that turbine revolution sensor securely installs
turbine revolution sensor hole.
● Adjust A/T assembly harness connector of control valve B
with TCM to terminal hole of transmission case.
● Hang down revolution sensor harness toward outside so
as not to disturb installation of control valve with TCM. AT

SCIA5034E
D
● Assemble it so that manual valve cutout is engaged with
manual plate projection.
E

G
SCIA5035E

h. Install bolts A, B and C to control valve with TCM. H

Bolt symbol Length: mm (in) Number of bolts
A 42 (1.65) 5
I
B 55 (2.17) 6
C 40 (1.57) 1
J

SCIA5025E K
i. Tighten bolt 1, 2 and 3 temporarily to prevent dislocation. After
that tighten them in order (1 → 2 → 3), and then tighten other
bolts. L
j. Tighten control valve with TCM bolts to the specified torque.
Refer to AT-250, "Components" .
M

SCIA5037E

10. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.

SCIA5023E

Revision: October 2005 AT-317 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

11. Securely fasten terminal cord assembly and A/T fluid tempera-
ture sensor 2 harness with terminal clips.

SCIA5446E

12. Connect revolution sensor connector.

SCIA5024E

13. Securely fasten revolution sensor harness with terminal clips.

SCIA5293E

14. Pull down A/T assembly harness connector.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA5299E

15. Install snap ring to A/T assembly harness connector.

SCIA5300E

Revision: October 2005 AT-318 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

16. Install magnets in oil pan.

A

AT

SCIA5200E
D
17. Install oil pan to transmission case.
a. Install new oil pan gasket to oil pan.
CAUTION: E
● Do not reuse oil pan gasket.

● Install it in the direction to align hole positions.

● Complete remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc. From the oil pan gasket mounting sur- F
faces.
b. Install oil pan (with new oil pan gasket) to transmission case.
CAUTION: G
● Install it so that drain plug comes to the position as
shown.
● Be careful not to pinch harnesses. H
● Complete remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc.
From the oil pan mounting surfaces.
I

SCIA2308E
J
c. Tighten oil pan bolts to the specified torque in numerical order
shown after temporarily tightening them. Refer to AT-250, "Com-
ponents" . K
CAUTION:
Do not reuse oil pan bolts.
18. Install drain plug to oil pan. Tighten drain plug to the specified L
torque. Refer to AT-250, "Components" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drain plug gasket. M
SCIA4113E

19. Install torque converter.

a. Pour ATF into torque converter.
● Approximately 2 liter (2-1/8 US qt, 1-3/4 Imp qt) of fluid is
required for a new torque converter.
● When reusing old torque converter, add the same amount
of fluid as was drained.

SAT428DA

Revision: October 2005 AT-319 2005 QX56

 ASSEMBLY

b. Install torque converter while aligning notches of torque con-

verter with notches of oil pump.
CAUTION:
Install torque converter while rotating it.

SCIA5010E

c. Measure distance “A” to check that torque converter is in proper

position.
Distance “A” : 24.0 mm (0.94 in) or more

SAT017B

Revision: October 2005 AT-320 2005 QX56

 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030

A
General Specifications ECS00CLF

Applied model 4x2 4x4

Automatic transmission model RE5R05A B
Transmission model code number 95X17 95X18
Stall torque ratio 2.0: 1
AT
1st 3.827
2nd 2.368
3rd 1.520 D
Transmission gear ratio
4th 1.000
5th 0.834
E
Reverse 2.613
Recommended fluid NISSAN Matic Fluid J*1
Fluid capacity 10.6 liter (11-1/4 US qt, 9-3/8 Imp qt) F
CAUTION:
●Use only Genuine NISSAN ATF Matic Fluid J. Do not mix with other fluid.
● Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN an ATF Matic Fluid J will deteriorate in driveability and G
automatic transmission durability, and may damage the automatic transmission, which is not covered by the warranty.
*1: Refer to MA-11, "Fluids and Lubricants" .
H
Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears ECS00CLG

NORMAL MODE
Final Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
gear Throttle position
I
ratio D1 →D2 D2 →D3 D3 →D4 D4 →D5 D5 →D4 D4 →D3 D3 →D2 D2 →D1

70 - 74 112 - 120 176 - 186 249 - 259 245 - 255 166 - 176 100 - 108 43 - 47
Full throttle J
(44 - 46) (70 - 75) (110 - 116) (155 - 161) (152 - 159) (103 - 110) (62 - 67) (27 - 30)
2.937
46 - 50 74 - 82 103 - 113 135 - 145 109 - 119 69 - 79 44 - 52 11 - 15
Half throttle
(28 - 31) (46 - 51) (64 - 70) (84 - 90) (68 - 74) (43 - 49) (27 - 32) (7 - 10)
61 - 65 97 - 105 153 - 163 236 - 246 232 - 242 143 - 153 87 - 95 43 - 47 K
Full throttle
(38 - 41) (61 - 66) (95 - 102) (147 - 153) (144 - 151) (89 - 95) (54 - 59) (27 - 29)
3.357
41 - 45 66 - 74 89 - 99 117 - 127 95 - 105 59 - 69 38 - 46 11 - 15
Half throttle
(26 - 28) (41 - 46) (56 - 62) (73 - 79) (59 - 65) (37 - 43) (24 - 29) (7 - 10) L
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

TOW MODE M
Final Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
gear Throttle position
ratio D1 →D2 D2 →D3 D3 →D4 D4 →D5 D5 →D4 D4 →D3 D3 →D2 D2 →D1

70 - 74 112 - 120 176 - 186 249 - 259 245 - 255 166 - 176 100 - 108 43 - 47
Full throttle
(44 - 46) (70 - 75) (110 - 116) (155 - 161) (152 - 159) (103 - 110) (62 - 67) (27 - 30)
2.937
50 - 54 81 - 89 113 - 123 135 - 145 109 - 119 68 - 78 44 - 52 11 - 15
Half throttle
(31 - 34) (50 - 55) (70 - 76) (84 - 90) (68 - 74) (42 - 48) (27 - 32) (7 - 10)
61 - 65 97 - 105 153 - 163 236 - 246 232 - 242 143 - 153 87 - 95 43 - 47
Full throttle
(38 - 41) (61 - 66) (95 - 102) (147 - 153) (144 - 151) (89 - 95) (54 - 59) (27 - 29)
3.357
43 - 47 72 - 80 98 - 108 117 - 127 95 - 105 59 - 69 37 - 45 11 - 15
Half throttle
(27 - 29) (45 - 50) (61 - 67) (73 - 79) (59 - 65) (37 - 43) (23 - 28) (7 - 10)
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

Revision: October 2005 AT-321 2005 QX56

 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Complete Lock-up ECS00CLH

Final Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)

gear Throttle position
ratio Lock-up “ON” Lock-up “OFF”

Closed throttle 74 - 82 (46 - 51) 71 - 79 (45 - 49)

2.937
Half throttle 188 - 196 (117 - 122) 136 - 144 (85 - 90)
Closed throttle 65 - 73 (41 - 46) 62 - 70 (39 - 44)
3.357
Half throttle 168 - 176 (105 - 110) 118 - 126 (74 - 79)
● At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition.
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Slip Lock-up ECS00CLI

Final Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)

gear Throttle position Gear position
ratio Slip lock-up “ON” Slip lock-up “OFF”

4th 52 - 60 (33 - 38) 49 - 57 (31 - 36)

2.937 Closed throttle
5th 52 - 60 (33 - 38) 49 - 57 (31 - 36)
4th 46 - 54 (29 - 34) 43 - 51 (27 - 32)
3.357 Closed throttle
5th 46 - 54 (29 - 34) 43 - 51 (27 - 32)

● At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition.

Stall Speed ECS00CLJ

Stall speed 2,500 - 2,800 rpm

Line Pressure ECS00CLK

Line pressure [kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)]

Engine speed
R position D position
At idle speed 392 - 441 (4.0 - 4.5, 57 - 64) 373 - 422 (3.8 - 4.3, 54 - 61)
At stall speed 1,700 - 1,890 (17.3 - 19.3, 247 - 274) 1,310 - 1,500 (13.3 - 15.3, 190 - 218)

A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor ECS00CLL

Name Condition CONSULT-II “DATA MONITOR” (Approx.) (V) Resistance (Approx.) (kΩ)
0°C (32°F) 2.2 15
A/T fluid temperature sensor 1 20°C (68°F) 1.8 6.5
80°C (176°F) 0.6 0.9
0°C (32°F) 2.2 10
A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 20°C (68°F) 1.7 4
80°C (176°F) 0.45 0.5

Turbine Revolution Sensor ECS00CLM

Name Condition Data (Approx.)

Turbine revolution When running at 50 km/h (31 MPH) in 4th speed with the closed throttle position switch
sensor 1 “OFF”.
1.3 (kHz)
Turbine revolution When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH) in 1st speed with the closed throttle position switch
sensor 2 “OFF”.

Vehicle Speed Sensor A/T (Revolution Sensor) ECS00CLN

Name Condition Data (Approx.)

Revolution sensor When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH). 185 (Hz)

Revision: October 2005 AT-322 2005 QX56

 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

Reverse brake ECS00CLO

A
Thickness mm (in) Part number*
4.2 (0.165) 31667 90X14
4.4 (0.173) 31667 90X15
Thickness of retaining plates B
4.6 (0.181) 31667 90X16
4.8 (0.189) 31667 90X17
5.0 (0.197) 31667 90X18
5.2 (0.205) 31667 90X19 AT
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Total End Play ECS00CLP

D
Total end play mm (in) 0.25 - 0.55 (0.0098 - 0.0217)

BEARING RACE FOR ADJUSTING TOTAL END PLAY E

Thickness mm (in) Part number*
0.8 (0.031) 31435 95X00
1.0 (0.039) 31435 95X01 F
1.2 (0.047) 31435 95X02
1.4 (0.055) 31435 95X03
1.6 (0.063) 31435 95X04
1.8 (0.071) 31435 95X05 G
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Revision: October 2005 AT-323 2005 QX56

 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

Revision: October 2005 AT-324 2005 QX56